US20230263606A1 - Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment - Google Patents
Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230263606A1 US20230263606A1 US18/138,228 US202318138228A US2023263606A1 US 20230263606 A1 US20230263606 A1 US 20230263606A1 US 202318138228 A US202318138228 A US 202318138228A US 2023263606 A1 US2023263606 A1 US 2023263606A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- frame unit
- furthermore
- interface
- electric toothbrush
- spindle
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C17/00—Devices for cleaning, polishing, rinsing or drying teeth, teeth cavities or prostheses; Saliva removers; Dental appliances for receiving spittle
- A61C17/16—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices
- A61C17/22—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like
- A61C17/222—Brush body details, e.g. the shape thereof or connection to handle
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C17/00—Devices for cleaning, polishing, rinsing or drying teeth, teeth cavities or prostheses; Saliva removers; Dental appliances for receiving spittle
- A61C17/16—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices
- A61C17/22—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like
- A61C17/32—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like reciprocating or oscillating
- A61C17/34—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like reciprocating or oscillating driven by electric motor
- A61C17/3409—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like reciprocating or oscillating driven by electric motor characterized by the movement of the brush body
- A61C17/3436—Rotation around the axis perpendicular to the plane defined by the bristle holder
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C17/00—Devices for cleaning, polishing, rinsing or drying teeth, teeth cavities or prostheses; Saliva removers; Dental appliances for receiving spittle
- A61C17/16—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices
- A61C17/22—Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices with brushes, cushions, cups, or the like
- A61C17/225—Handles or details thereof
Definitions
- the invention relates to an electric toothbrush handpiece, and to an electric toothbrush having the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment.
- US 2011/0107536 A1 has already disclosed a brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion.
- JP 2012-165954 A has already disclosed an electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, having at least one housing, having at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and having at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit.
- the problem addressed by the invention consists in particular in achieving advantageous characteristics with regard to a variable and/or easily assemblable and/or advantageously compact design and/or an efficient transmission of movement from the drive to the brush attachment and/or inexpensive producibility and/or high cleaning performance with low potential for injury.
- the problem is solved according to the invention by means of the features of patent claim 1 , while advantageous embodiments and refinements of the invention emerge from the subclaims.
- a brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece in particular for an electric toothbrush handpiece, is disclosed, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion, wherein
- the interface receptacle is implemented by a universal interface receptacle for receiving at least two different interfaces of different toothbrush handpieces.
- the interface receptacle preferably fits onto interfaces of different shape and/or dimensions.
- the interface receptacle can in particular be used together with different toothbrush handpieces.
- the brush attachment is advantageously composed of exactly three portions, specifically the head portion, the neck portion and the attachment portion. The portions advantageously directly adjoin one another. It would however also be conceivable for the portions to partially overlap.
- an “interface receptacle” is to be understood in particular to mean a receptacle region of the brush attachment which is configured for captively receiving an interface, in particular a spindle of the interface, of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the interface receptacle is configured in particular for receiving the interface in non-positively and/or positively locking fashion.
- the interface receptacle forms a receptacle region into which the interface of the toothbrush handpiece can be pushed, wherein the interface engages with detent and/or jamming action in the receptacle region in particular when a pushing-in force exceeds a defined value.
- the interface receptacle is preferably arranged on a side of the brush attachment which is averted from the brush head.
- a “universal interface receptacle” is to be understood in particular to mean an interface receptacle which is suitable for receiving at least two different interfaces.
- This is preferably to be understood in particular to mean an interface receptacle which is suitable for captively receiving at least two, in particular defined, differently shaped and/or differently dimensioned interfaces. It is preferable here if at least the spindles of the interfaces are of different shape and/or different dimensions.
- This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean an interface which is suitable for captively receiving at least two, in particular defined, differently shaped and/or differently dimensioned interfaces, wherein a holding force for securing the interfaces is at least approximately identical.
- Configured is in particular to mean specifically programmed, designed and/or equipped. The statement that an object is configured for a particular function is to be understood in particular to mean that the object fulfills and/or performs said particular function in at least one state of use and/or operation.
- the brush attachment can be utilized in particular for different toothbrush handpieces. It is possible in particular to realize universal use of the brush attachment. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide a brush attachment which can be used in an advantageously variable and versatile manner.
- the brush attachment has a supporting base body which at least partially adjoins the interface receptacle and which has at least one clamping unit which is configured for being elastically deflected for the purposes of receiving an interface of a toothbrush handpiece.
- the supporting base body preferably delimits at least a major part of the interface receptacle.
- an interface of a toothbrush handpiece is received in an advantageously positively and/or non-positively locking manner.
- a single piece is to be understood in particular to mean cohesively connected, for example by means of a welding process and/or adhesive bonding process etc., and particularly advantageously to mean integrally formed, such as by production from one casting and/or by production in a single-component or multi-component injection molding process.
- “at least a major part” is to be understood in particular to mean at least 30%, preferably at least 50% and particularly preferably at least 70% of a delimited outer surface of the interface receptacle.
- a “clamping unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one clamping element which, during a fastening process, is elastically deflected in order to subsequently establish a positively and/or non-positively locking connection to the interface by means of an internal clamping force.
- a “clamping element” is to be understood in particular to mean a resiliently elastic element for producing a clamping connection, which element is configured for being elastically deflected during an assembly process.
- Various embodiments of the clamping element which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable, for example in the form of a clamping wall and/or clamping web.
- the base body is preferably produced entirely from one material.
- the base body is preferably composed of a hard component.
- a hard component use may be made of virtually any hard components, which a person skilled in the art will combine and/or select in a manner suited to the purpose.
- a hard component use may be made for example of Styrene polymers such as styrene acrylonitrile (SAN), polystyrene (PS), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), styrene methyl methacrylate (SMMA), styrene butadiene (SB) or the like.
- a hard component may comprise polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or the like, in particular also in the form of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or low-density polyethylene (LDPE).
- polyesters such as for example polyethylene terephthalate (PET), in particular in the form of acid-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETA), glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETG), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), acid-modified poly cyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate (PCT-A), glycol-modified polycyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate (PCT-G) or the like.
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PETA acid-modified polyethylene terephthalate
- PET glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate
- PBT polybutylene terephthalate
- PCT-A acid-modified poly cyclohexylene
- a hard component may for example comprise polyamides (PA) such as PA 6.6, PA 6.10, PA 6.12 or the like, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polycarbonate (PC), polyoxymethylene (POM), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethane (FUR), polyimide (PA) or the like.
- PA polyamides
- FE polyethylene
- PU polyurethane
- a hard component has a modulus of elasticity of at least 1000 N/mm 2 and advantageously of at least 1300 N/mm 2 and/or of at most 2400 N/mm 2 and advantageously of at most 1800 N/mm 2 .
- the brush attachment has a single base body which may be formed from one of the stated materials or else from a mixture thereof.
- combinations of different hard components are also conceivable, wherein these may for example be processed in a two-component and/or mufti-component injection molding process and/or adhesively bonded to one another and/or assembled together and/or welded to one another, in particular by ultrasound welding.
- multiple hard components may be used which do not form a material connection in a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process.
- positive locking is generated between hard components, for example in the form of at least one undercut and/or at least one aperture and/or at least one at least partial non-detachable overmold or the like.
- a second hard component which is in particular injection-molded onto a first hard component, shrinks and/or contracts after an injection molding process and advantageously forms a shrinkage connection.
- Suitable combinations may for example be polypropylene-polyester, polypropylene-styrene acrylonitrile or other combinations.
- the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping wall which directly adjoins the interface receptacle.
- an advantageous clamping unit preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular.
- an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved.
- an “at least partially freestanding clamping wall” is to be understood in particular to mean a clamping wall which is at least partially freestanding in relation to a remaining part of the base body. It is particularly preferable if, in at least one cross-sectional plane, the clamping wall, over at least a major part of an outer surface, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body.
- the clamping wall over at least a major part of its extent parallel to the main extent direction of the brush attachment, in each case in a plane perpendicular to the main extent direction, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body over a major part of an outer surface.
- This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean a freestanding wall which is connected only at the ends and at a bottom side to the remaining part of the base body.
- the clamping unit has at least two at least partially freestanding clamping walls which directly adjoin the interface receptacle on opposite sides.
- the clamping walls preferably at least partially form in each case one side wall of the interface receptacle.
- a clamping force it is possible in particular for a clamping force to be applied in an advantageously uniform manner.
- an advantageous clamping unit In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved.
- the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping bridge which directly adjoins the interface receptacle.
- an advantageous clamping unit preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular.
- an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved.
- an “at least partially freestanding clamping bridge” is to be understood in particular to mean a clamping bridge which is at least partially freestanding in relation to a remaining part of the base body. It is preferable if, in at least one cross-sectional plane, the clamping bridge, over at least a major part of an outer surface, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body.
- the clamping bridge over at least a major part of its extent parallel to the main extent direction of the brush attachment, in each case in a plane perpendicular to the main extent direction, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body over a major part of an outer surface.
- This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean a freestanding bridge which is connected only at the ends, in particular on the side of the brush head and on the side of the opening of the interface receptacle, to the remaining part of the base body.
- the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping bridge. It is furthermore proposed that the clamping bridge is arranged so as to be offset by at least approximately 90° with respect to at least one clamping wall. It is furthermore proposed that the clamping bridge is arranged between two clamping walls. The clamping bridge preferably at least partially forms a side wall of the interface receptacle. In this way, it is possible in particular for a clamping force to be applied in an advantageously uniform manner. Furthermore, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous clamping unit. In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution is achievable.
- the clamping unit furthermore has a clamping elevation which projects at least partially into the interface receptacle.
- the clamping elevation is formed in particular by an elevation on an inner wall, which delimits the interface receptacle, of the base body.
- the clamping elevation preferably extends axially as far as an end of the interface receptacle.
- the clamping elevation has in particular an axial length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm.
- the clamping elevation has in particular a width of 0.7 mm to 1.8 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.5 mm, and a height of 0.04 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.06 mm to 0.3 mm.
- a pulling-off force of the brush attachment can preferably be set through adaptation of a height of the clamping elevation.
- the clamping elevation therefore serves in particular for enabling the retention force to be set and for clamping a spindle of an interface of a toothbrush handpiece in the interface receptacle.
- the brush attachment has an overmold which is composed of a different material than the base body and which directly encloses at least a major part of the at least one clamping wall and/or the at least one clamping bridge in at least one plane.
- the materials preferably have different hardnesses and coefficients of friction. It is preferable if the overmold directly encloses at least a major part of the at least one clamping wall and the one clamping bridge in at least one plane perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment.
- the overmold encloses the clamping wall in particular to at least two sides and/or encloses the clamping bridge to three sides.
- the clamping wall has at least three sides which are free from a remaining part of the base body, wherein one side in particular delimits the interface receptacle and two sides are directly enclosed by the overmold.
- the clamping bridge has at least four sides which are free from a remaining part of the base body, wherein one side in particular delimits the interface receptacle and three sides are directly enclosed by the overmold. It is particularly preferable if a side of the at least one clamping wall which is averted from the interface receptacle is back-molded. An elasticity of the clamping wall can be further improved in this way. The elasticity of the clamping bridge is improved by virtue of this being over-molded on the outer side.
- an elastic deflection of the clamping wall or of the clamping bridge can be at least partially clampened.
- a reliability of the clamping unit can be further improved.
- “at least a major part” is to be understood in particular to mean at least 20%, preferably at least 40% and particularly preferably at least 60% of an outer surface of the clamping wall.
- the second material may less preferably also be installed and thus perform the same function.
- the overmold or back-molding is preferably produced entirely from one material.
- the overmold is preferably composed of a soft component.
- soft components use may be made of virtually any soft components, which a person skilled in the art will combine and/or select in a manner suited to the purpose.
- soft components use may for example be made of thermoplastic styrene elastomers (TPE-S) such as a styrene ethylene butylene styrene copolymer (SEES), a styrene butadiene styrene copolymer (SBS) or the like.
- TPE-S thermoplastic styrene elastomers
- SEES styrene ethylene butylene styrene copolymer
- SBS styrene butadiene styrene copolymer
- thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers TPE-U
- thermoplastic polyamide elastomers TPE-A
- thermoplastic polyolefin elastomers TPE-O
- thermoplastic polyester elastomers TPE-E
- PE polyethylene
- PU polyurethane
- a soft component may for example comprise at least one silicone.
- a soft component advantageously has a Shore A hardness of at most 90, advantageously of at most 50 and particularly advantageously of at most 30.
- At least one soft component forms at least a material connection with at least one hard component, in particular in at least a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process, advantageously by means of at least an overmolding and/or injection-molding encapsulation process.
- a functional element formed by a tongue cleaner may be formed on a head rear side of the brush attachment by means of the overmold.
- the tongue cleaner may be provided with a surface structure.
- Further functional elements that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are furthermore conceivable.
- the functional element may be formed as one or more resiliently elastic cleaning elements in the bristle array.
- Further function elements may be formed by means of the overmold.
- the brush head may be at least partially overmolded in order to form an impact guard with respect to teeth and gums.
- holding zones may be formed on the brush attachment by means of the overmold, which holding zones enable the brush attachment to be easily pushed on and pulled off.
- the holding zones may be provided with a surface structure.
- the interface receptacle has at least one first, at least substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region which is at least partially delimited to one side by the at least one clamping wall and/or at least one clamping bridge.
- the first partial receptacle region is delimited to two opposite sides by in each case one clamping wall.
- the first partial receptacle region is delimited on one side, preferably between in each case one clamping wall, by a clamping bridge.
- the first partial receptacle region preferably forms a final portion of the interface receptacle, which is configured for receiving a tip of the interface of the toothbrush handpiece. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous interface receptacle.
- an “at least substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary rectangular cuboid that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- the interface receptacle has at least one second, at least substantially cylindrical partial receptacle region which projects axially at least partially into the first partial receptacle region.
- the second partial receptacle region projects axially at least partially into the first partial receptacle region
- the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region at least partially overlap at least with regard to an axial extent.
- the partial receptacle regions are arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to one another and form an overlap.
- the interface receptacle comprises at least a union of the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region.
- an “at least substantially cylindrical partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary cylinder that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- the second pressure receptacle region is arranged so as to axially fully overlap the first partial receptacle region.
- the second partial receptacle region is arranged axially entirely within the first partial receptacle region.
- the second partial receptacle region is arranged in particular at an end of the first partial receptacle region which is averted from the end of the interface receptacle. It is particularly preferable if the second partial receptacle region, in particular on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle, terminates together with the first partial receptacle region.
- a maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the first partial receptacle region.
- the rectangular-cuboidal structure of the first partial receptacle region advantageously at least partially continues in the second partial receptacle region and thus forms a continuous structure.
- the interface receptacle has at least one third, at least substantially frustoconical partial receptacle region which axially directly adjoins the second partial receptacle region.
- the third partial receptacle region has no overlap with the first and/or second partial receptacle region.
- the third partial receptacle region directly adjoins the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region.
- the third partial receptacle region adjoins the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region in particular on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle.
- the interface receptacle forms at least a union of the first partial receptacle region, the second partial receptacle region and the third partial receptacle region. It is preferable if a maximum cross section of the third partial receptacle region perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle.
- an “at least substantially frustoconical partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary frustum that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- the first, substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region has at least one narrowing at which the partial receptacle region narrows from at least one side.
- the partial receptacle region preferably narrows radially from at least two sides at the narrowing.
- the first partial receptacle region preferably has, at at least two sides, an in particular bevelled shoulder which forms the narrowing.
- the narrowing is preferably arranged axially adjacent, in an insertion direction of the interface, to the at least one clamping wall of the clamping unit. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle. It is possible in particular to realize an advantageously easy insertion of the interface into the interface receptacle.
- the narrowing may be formed, on one side, on the clamping bridge.
- the interface receptacle furthermore has a fourth, frustoconical partial receptacle region, the lateral surface of which is coaxially curved. It is preferable if the fourth partial receptacle region, in particular on a side averted from the first partial receptacle region, axially directly adjoins the third partial receptacle region.
- the fourth partial receptacle region is preferably arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to the third partial receptacle region. It is particularly preferable if the fourth partial receptacle region, on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle, adjoins the third partial receptacle region.
- the fourth partial receptacle region forms in particular the opening of the interface receptacle.
- the interface receptacle comprises a union of the first partial receptacle region, the second partial receptacle region, the third partial receptacle region and the fourth partial receptacle region.
- the brush attachment preferably has a drip edge in the attachment portion.
- the drip edge is formed in particular by a hard transition from a bevel of the brush attachment to a rounded profile of the outer skin of the brush attachment.
- the drip edge particularly preferably forms a radially outermost edge of the brush attachment.
- the drip edge preferably has a diameter of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm.
- the drip edge is particularly preferably formed by a circular edge. In principle, however, a different shaping of the edge that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable.
- the drip edge and the bevel in particular form a termination, whereas, in the case of slim hand parts, the drip edge and the bevel preferably form a transition. Furthermore, by means of the drip edge, it is possible in particular to realize the function whereby, when the brush attachment is standing on a standing surface, liquid advantageously drips off the drip edge. Furthermore, by means of the drip edge, less liquid runs in the direction of the standing surface, and thus, in the installed state, it is also the case that less liquid flows in the direction of the interface.
- the drip edge may be composed of hard and/or soft components.
- the invention furthermore proceeds from a brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece, in particular for an electric toothbrush handpiece, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion.
- the brush head has a bristle array with at least two significantly differing bristle bundles.
- the brush head preferably has a multiplicity of significantly differing bristle bundles.
- substantially differing bristle bundles is to be understood in particular to mean that the at least two bristle bundles differ significantly from one another at least in terms of their shape and/or their orientation.
- the bristle bundles preferably have a significantly differing shape and/or a significantly differing orientation.
- a “significantly differing shape” of the bristle bundles is to be understood in particular to mean that a base area of a first bristle bundle, in particular with any orientation, differs by at least 10%, preferably at least 30% and particularly preferably at least 50%, from a base area of the second bristle bundle. It is preferably the case that at most 80%, preferably at most 60% and particularly preferably at most 40% of an area of the base area of the first bristle bundle and/or of the second bristle bundle forms an overlap when superposed.
- a “significantly differing orientation” is to be understood in particular to mean that an orientation of the bristles of a first bristle bundle deviates by at least 10°, preferably at least 20° and particularly preferably at least 30° from an orientation of the bristles of a second bristle bundle.
- the bristle bundles are preferably produced in a hot tufting or HT process.
- Other production methods that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art for producing the bristle bundles are however also conceivable.
- the bristle holes in the brush head basically have closed contours as seen in plan view, wherein all possible geometrical shapes may be used.
- the bristle bundles or their base areas may be of circular, circular-ring-shaped, circular-segment-shaped, star-shaped, triangular, polygonal, rectangular or square etc. form. It is furthermore possible for different bristles to be used in different bristle bundles within one bristle array, or else even within one bristle bundle.
- the bristle bundles are preferably furthermore of mirror-symmetrical form with respect to a longitudinal axis and/or with respect to the transverse axis of the brush head and/or of point-symmetrical form, preferably with respect to a geometrical central point of the brush head.
- a topography that is to say in particular the surface of usage-side bristle ends or cleaning elements, is, within a bristle array, preferably of flat, dome-shaped, trough-shaped, cup-shaped, crenellated, conical and/or row-shaped implementation and/or implemented in the form of logos or letters which are elevated and/or recessed.
- a hot tufting or HT process it is firstly the case that the base body of the brush attachment is injection-molded or molded with blind holes or cutouts in the head region. Subsequently, bristles are provided in bundles and are melted in bundles on the side averted from the usage side.
- the base body is, in the head portion, warmed approximately to a glass transition temperature.
- the molten bristle ends are inserted into the blind holes or cutouts and the bristle bundles are anchored in the bristle head under pressure and with corresponding slight deformation of the base body.
- the size of the blind holes is reduced, or the geometry is deformed, and the bristle bundles are thus anchored.
- the brush head may have a bristle array with a multiplicity of, but at least two, significantly differing bristle bundles.
- the bristle bundles differ in each case with regard to a shape and/or an orientation.
- the bristle bundles may have at least different inclined positions.
- the bristle bundles may each be formed by ridges.
- the bristle bundles may each be formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved and/or have different lengths.
- a bend may have various orientations, wherein the bend may face toward or be averted from a central point of the bristle array.
- the bend may furthermore also extend in a circumferential direction around the bristle array. It is furthermore conceivable for the main extent to have ridges parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is realized symmetrically with respect to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush.
- the bristle bundles may at least partially have a ring shape.
- the bristle bundles may be formed by conventional circular bundles. It is furthermore conceivable for ridge-like bristle bundles to be curved around other bristle bundles. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may at least partially have an arrow shape, with a tip being directed in a defined direction.
- the bristle bundles may vary in terms of their size, in particular in terms of their periphery. It is furthermore also conceivable for the bristle bundles to have an open-die form implementation. It is preferably possible here for individual bristle bundles and/or a defined number of multiple bristle bundles to form a specific shape. In particular, multiple bristle bundles together may in each case form the shape of a turbine wheel, wherein the bristle bundles are in each case formed by turbine blades.
- the bristle bundles may be formed at least partially by ridges which are of undulating form in a longitudinal profile and/or an end profile.
- the number of undulation peaks and troughs is in particular variable. It is possible for different undulations to be provided in the same bristle array. It is furthermore conceivable for the ridges to have different inclined positions, wherein the angles of the inclined positions in the bristle bundles relative to a normal of the brush head increase for example toward the front and rear end of the bristle array, and the bristle bundles of the central ridges stand more vertically.
- the bristle bundles may be formed at least partially by transversely arranged ridges with an inclined position, which ridges, considered together, form an X shape when the bristle array is viewed in a longitudinal direction.
- the bristle bundles may in each case have partially different inclined positions.
- the bristle bundles may at least partially have an elliptical shape.
- additional bristle bundles may be arranged around the elliptical bristle bundle, which additional bristle bundles have an open-die form implementation and each form, for example, the shape of a turbine blade.
- the bristle bundles may in particular be combined and/or arranged in any manner whatsoever.
- bristles are advantageously conventionally extruded bristles.
- bristles may in particular comprise at least one hard component and/or at least one soft component.
- the bristles are manufactured at least partially or entirely from polyamide (PA) and/or polyester (PBT), wherein any other materials are conceivable.
- PA polyamide
- PBT polyester
- the bristles are preferably formed from a single, in particular also mixed, material.
- bristles composed of multiple components, in particular material components, which may be producible and/or produced in particular by means of at least one coextrusion process.
- the bristles may for example be producible and/or produced by means of extrusion, cutting to length and/or reworking.
- the bristles may be extruded either from one material or from multiple materials, in particular by co-extrusion.
- multi-component extrusion processes it is possible to realize for example 2-component bristles, Stain Devil bristles of Perlon® and/or a combination of PBT with soft components, wherein the soft components form strips in a longitudinal direction of the bristles.
- bristles wherein any other cross sections are conceivable, such as for example polygonal, triangular, rectangular, square, elliptical, star-shaped, trapezoidal, parallelogram-shaped, diamond-shaped or any other cross sections.
- different bristles may be used in one bristle bundle, or else different bristle bundles, in particular in each case with one particular type of bristles.
- bristles and/or bristle bundles may be arranged in regular or else irregular fashion.
- bristles and/or bristle bundles arranged in groups and/or arranged adjacently may differ, in particular in alternating fashion, with regard to at least one feature, such as for example a length, a diameter, a material, a color, a material hardness, a geometry, a pointed configuration and the like.
- the bristles Preferably, for oral hygiene applications, have a diameter, in particular perpendicular to the longitudinal axis thereof, of at least 0.075 mm and/or of at most 0.25 mm.
- the bristles advantageously have a cross-sectional area, in particular perpendicular to their longitudinal axis, of at least 0.002 mm 2 and/or of at most 0.2 mm 2 .
- bristles used in the cosmetics sector for example bristles of an additional application element, use may also be made of thinner bristles and/or bristles with a smaller cross section.
- polyester PBT
- PBT polybutadiene
- the bristles are preferably straight in a longitudinal direction, though corrugated and/or twisted and/or helical and/or rotated bristles are also conceivable, and in particular combinations of different bristles.
- bristles with a smooth surface are conceivable, as are bristles with a textured surface.
- the bristle component may also have further material added to it, such as for example abrasive materials, materials which dissolve upon contact with water, and/or materials that release active substances.
- the bristles are processed, in particular fastened to the bristle carrier, preferably by means of at least one anchor punching process, an anchor-free tufting (AFT) process, an in-mold tufting (IMT) process or the like.
- the bristle carrier has a multiplicity of bristle receptacles, in particular holes for bristle bundles, which are in particular drilled and/or molded during an injection molding process.
- a base body composed in particular of a hard component, preferably the use element and/or the brush head
- a base body composed in particular of a hard component, preferably the use element and/or the brush head
- blind holes for bristle bundles are advantageously molded during the injection molding process.
- Subsequent drilling of blind holes is however self-evidently also conceivable.
- bristles or bristle bundles are subsequently folded and fastened by means of at least one anchor in in each case one blind hole, in particular by being punched in.
- bristles or bristle bundles are advantageously not folded. Bristles or bristle bundles in this case have a length which is approximately halved in relation to an anchor punching process. For example, it is conceivable for bristle bundles to initially be separated, for bristle bundles to be melted, and/or for bristle ends to be overmolded in particular subsequently to the fastening thereof. In this way, it is advantageously possible for bristle bundles to be combined.
- IMT in-mold tufting
- bristle plates with passage holes by means of injection molding, through which passage holes bristles are subsequently guided.
- the bristles are preferably subsequently connected, in particular fused, on a rear side, preferably to one another and/or to the corresponding bristle plate.
- bristle plates fitted with bristles can then be welded and/or adhesively bonded to a base body, in particular a brush head, preferably by means of an ultrasound welding process.
- Boucherie AFT anchor free tufting
- a brush head with blind holes for example by means of injection molding and/or by means of drilling of the blind holes.
- bristles are combined to form bundles and are melted, and/or connected in some other way, at one end.
- the brush head is subsequently warmed, in particular to a glass temperature of its material.
- Bristle bundles can then advantageously be inserted into the blind holes and anchored on the brush head by being pressed on.
- the warmed blind holes deform in the process, such that the bristle bundles are anchored therein.
- a known PTt process from Boucherie (a hot tufting process) is expedient here.
- bristles being punched and/or adhesively bonded on and/or welded on
- bristles it is also conceivable for bristles to be molded on and/or for bristles to be twisted in, in particular for interdental brushes.
- the molded-on bristles may in particular be manufactured together with the usage unit, the handle unit and/or the fastening unit during a multi-component injection molding process, or may be retroactively molded onto a base body of the usage unit.
- injection-molded bristles do not form a material connection with other soft components and/or hard components of the oral hygiene item during an injection molding process, in particular a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process.
- injection-molded bristles are rather connected to soft components and/or hard components by means of a positively locking connection, for example by means of at least one undercut and/or by means of an aperture and/or by means of at least one at least partial overmold, wherein, in particular, a shrinkage connection and/or a contraction connection is conceivable.
- a connection by means of at least one material connection is however also conceivable.
- a single-component, two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process is basically conceivable.
- Materials used, in particular different soft components and/or hard components may in this case be connected in cohesive and/or positively locking fashion, as mentioned.
- articulated connections may be formed by means of suitable injection molding steps. Use may basically be made, for example, of hot runner processes, cold runner processes and/or co-injection processes.
- the brush attachment may also have at least one tongue cleaner and/or at least one cleaning and/or massaging element.
- These may in each case be formed from a soft component, from a hard component or from a combination of soft and hard components, and/or advantageously producible and/or produced by means of injection molding.
- various embodiments are conceivable for the bristles of the brush head.
- the bristles may preferably be formed by injection-molded bristles which, by contrast to conventional extruded bristles, are produced by injection molding.
- Various materials which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art for injection-molded bristles are conceivable.
- injection-molded bristles are formed at least partially and advantageously entirely from a thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer (TPE-U).
- TPE-U thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer
- TPE-E thermoplastic polyester elastomers
- TPE-A thermoplastic polyimide elastomers
- Materials for injection-molded bristles advantageously have a Shore D hardness of at least 0 and particularly advantageously of at least 30 and/or of at most 100 and advantageously of at most 80.
- a Shore hardness of a material of injection-molded bristles is advantageously higher than a Shore hardness of other soft components that are used, for example for handle elements, massaging elements, further cleaning elements or the like.
- materials for injection-molded bristles generally do not form a material connection with the other soft and/or hard materials used.
- a positively locking connection is provided, for example by means of an undercut and/or in the form of apertures and/or in the form of partial and/or complete overmolds.
- Injection-molded bristles are preferably composed of harder material, in particular with a high Shore hardness, than other injection-molded resiliently elastic cleaning elements, which are generally injection-molded from soft material.
- water-soluble polymers for example for hard components, soft components, injection-molded bristles or other elements of the oral hygiene item.
- water-soluble polymers may also be incorporated as separate elements in the brush head (installation, overmolding, etc.).
- the water-soluble polymers preferably serve as carriers for oral hygiene agents such as flavors, antibacterial substances, silicates (as described for example in EP 1 639 913 A1).
- bioplastics which may be obtained in particular from renewable raw materials.
- raw materials use may be made in particular of corn, hemp, sugar, castor oil, palm oil, potatoes, wheat, sugar cane, rubber, wood, the castor plant/miracle tree and the like.
- Corresponding possible raw materials could for example be cellulose, starch, lactic add (PLA), glucose, chitin, chitosan or the like, from which, in particular, corresponding bioplastics can be synthesized.
- the use of water-soluble polymers in conjunction with brush attachments on a toothbrush handpiece of the type described below can yield advantages specifically in the field of oral hygiene.
- the movement of the brush head has the effect that, upon contact with water, or also in the case of a correspondingly supporting touching action, the material is degraded.
- the movement of the brush attachment causes a movement of the water relative to the water-soluble polymer, and thus more intense wear and/or a more intense release.
- the released substances can self-evidently also be distributed more effectively, or else further, as a result of the movement.
- the invention also proceeds from an electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, having at least one housing, having at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and having at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one fix frame unit which is arranged in the housing and which is in particular implemented as a single piece and which at least partially receives the drive unit and the energy store.
- the frame unit extends axially over the entire drive unit and the entire energy store.
- the drive unit is preferably formed in particular by a motor.
- the energy store is formed in particular by an accumulator.
- the frame unit is in particular configured both for receiving a single energy storage cell, such as in particular an AA energy storage cell, and for receiving three energy storage cells simultaneously, in particular three AAA energy storage cells.
- a frame is provided which receives the three energy storage cells and which fits into a receptacle region of the frame unit for the single energy storage cell.
- a “housing” is in particular to be understood as a protective outer shell of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the housing preferably encloses a substantial part of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the housing preferably furthermore has a grip region.
- the housing preferably forms a handle of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the housing is preferably formed from a plastics housing. In principle, however, some other material that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable.
- the housing may be formed both as a single piece and in particular in two-shell form.
- the housing preferably has parts which are composed at least of a hard component and which have a structure-supporting function.
- the housing is particularly preferably composed in particular of hard components and soft components, wherein, in particular, handle surfaces and switch surfaces are formed by means of the soft components.
- the soft components preferably form an overmold of the hard components.
- a “fix frame unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit which forms a support structure and which is implemented as a single piece and/or which is composed at least only of parts which are fixedly connected to one another.
- the fix frame unit in particular differs from multiple individual frames which are separate from one another.
- the frame unit forms multiple receptacle regions, in particular at least for the drive unit and the energy store, which receptacle regions are positioned in a defined manner relative to one another in particular both in an assembled state and in an unassembled state of the frame unit.
- the fix frame unit is in particular configured to form a prefabricated module, which can be fitted/introduced as one piece into the housing.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece By means of the embodiment according to the invention of the electric toothbrush handpiece, it is possible in particular to achieve advantageous assembly of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the frame unit Preferably, by means of the frame unit, it is possible in particular to preassemble the component into the frame unit. In this way, it is possible in particular for the frame unit to be inserted in fully preassembled form into the housing, whereby assembly errors can be avoided.
- An installation of cabling of the electric toothbrush handpiece, in particular at least of the drive unit and of the energy store, can preferably be performed, preferably entirely, outside the housing.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one charging coil for charging the energy store, which at least one charging coil is received in the fix frame unit.
- a separate frame unit of the charging coil may be formed, which can be installed on the frame unit.
- the installation may take the form of a plugging-on process, screwing-on process, adhesive bonding process etc.
- the frame unit of the charging coil carries within it the charging coil and also a compensation element, which is pressed by the charging coil against the energy store. Thus, length tolerances are compensated, and shocks, for example if the toothbrush is dropped, are absorbed.
- the frame unit preferably has a receptacle region for positionally fixedly receiving the charging coil, in particular at least relative to the energy store and/or the drive unit.
- a “charging coil” is to be understood in particular to mean an induction coil for wireless energy transmission.
- a voltage is induced in the charging coil by means of a changing magnetic field, by means of which voltage the energy store can be charged.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has a circuit board for control of the drive unit, which circuit board is at least partially received in positively locking fashion by the frame unit and extends at least over a major part of an axial extent of the frame unit.
- the circuit board extends over at least 50%, preferably over at least 70% and particularly preferably over at least 90% of an axial extent of the frame unit.
- the frame unit preferably has an axial extent of at least 130 mm, preferably of at least 140 mm and preferably of at most 200 mm and particularly preferably of at most 170 mm.
- the frame unit has in particular a width of at least 10 mm, preferably of at least 13 mm and preferably of at most 30 mm, particularly preferably of at most 25 mm.
- the frame unit also has in particular a height of at least 15 mm, preferably of at least 18 mm and preferably of at most 35 mm, particularly preferably of at most 28 mm.
- the circuit board is preferably held in positively locking fashion on the frame unit in particular by means of holding clips of the frame unit.
- the circuit board is particularly preferably formed by a printed circuit board. Some other embodiment of the circuit board which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however also be conceivable.
- the circuit board preferably forms an open-loop and/or closed-loop control unit and/or an operator control unit of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the circuit board is in particular configured for connecting and controlling the electrical functional elements of the toothbrush handpiece. In particular, a large-area circuit board can be provided in this way.
- an advantageous attachment to the circuit board can be made possible in this way. It is preferably thus possible to achieve in particular a complete integration of the electrically functional parts into the frame unit.
- An “open-loop and/or closed-loop control unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one set of control electronics.
- a “set of control electronics” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one electronic circuit, which is preferably composed of voltage and comparison control components.
- the set of control electronics may however basically also be of more complex construction, for example through the use of a processor unit and a memory unit and with an operating program stored in the memory unit.
- the frame unit preferably has at least two hook-shaped positive-locking elements, which are configured for partially engaging over the circuit board in an installed state.
- the circuit board particularly preferably has, on an outer edge, recesses which corresponds to the positive-locking elements and via which the circuit board can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-locking elements into an end position.
- the circuit board is preferably mounted onto the frame unit in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein the circuit board can be guided past the positive-locking elements by means of the recesses.
- the circuit board is subsequently in particular pushed under the positive-locking elements and thereby fixed.
- the positive-locking elements preferably additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold the circuit board in non-positively locking fashion.
- the drive unit has at least one rotor which comprises at least one cage element, which at least one cage element is implemented as a single piece and has at least one receptacle region for receiving at least one magnet.
- the cage element preferably comprises at least two receptacle regions, which are each configured for receiving one magnet.
- the magnets are preferably each formed by a permanent magnet. Some other embodiment of the magnets that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable.
- the rotor is in particular configured for performing an oscillating movement.
- the rotor is particularly preferably coupled in particular to the interface, preferably to a spindle of the interface, which is configured for transmitting a drive movement to a brush attachment.
- a “cage element” is in particular to mean an element which is configured for receiving the at least one magnet by engaging around the latter.
- the cage element preferably forms in particular a receptacle region which, in at least one plane, is completely enclosed by the material of the cage element.
- the cage element has a base body, which comprises at least one receptacle region for the at least one magnet, and spindle projections, which are arranged on both sides of the base body and which form a rotary spindle of the rotor.
- the base body preferably comprises at least two receptacle regions arranged adjacent to one another.
- the spindle projections preferably serve in particular for mounting of the cage element in the frame unit.
- the base body of the cage element is preferably mounted rotatably on the frame unit by means of the spindle projections. It is particularly preferable if at least one of the spindle projections furthermore serves for a transmission of a drive movement of the base body to the interface.
- spindle projections is preferably coupled directly to a spindle of the interface.
- a spindle of the interface is to be understood in particular to mean a shaft which projects out of a housing of the toothbrush handpiece and which is configured for directly transmitting a drive movement of the drive unit of the toothbrush handpiece to the brush attachment.
- the spindle of the interface is preferably formed in particular by a metal shaft.
- the rotor has at least one metallic cover which is configured for closing off the receptacle region of the cage element.
- the receptacle region of the cage element is preferably open to at least one side, preferably to at least two opposite sides.
- the rotor preferably has in particular two covers which are connected to the base body of the cage element from opposite sides and cover the open sides of the receptacle regions.
- the covers are particularly preferably screwed or adhesively bonded to the cage element.
- the covers may be fixed by means of geometric elements. For example, with an insertion geometry at one end and with one or more hook-shaped positive-locking elements at the other sides.
- the fixing by means of the hook-shaped positive-locking elements may also occur only at the end situated opposite the insertion geometry, if the covers come to lie in a depression which prevents lateral displacement by means of its side walls.
- the at least one magnet is received in an advantageously secure manner. It is preferably possible in this way in particular to realize that the magnet is received in an advantageously positionally accurate manner, and to realize an improved distribution of the magnetic field. It is furthermore possible to realize advantageously simple and easy assembly of the toothbrush handpiece.
- the drive unit has at least one resetting spring which, by way of a first end, is coupled rotationally conjointly to a first spindle projection of the rotor and, by way of a second end, is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner by means of a fixing element to the frame unit.
- the resetting spring preferably engages with a first end into a groove of the first spindle projection of the cage element, which groove runs radially through an axis of rotation of the rotor.
- the resetting spring is preferably formed in particular by a helical spring.
- a “resetting spring” is to be understood in particular to mean a spring element which is configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation.
- the spring element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor.
- the resetting spring is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off.
- a “fixing element” is to be understood in particular to mean an element which is configured for fixing, in particular clamping, an end of the resetting spring relative to a fixed component, such as in particular the frame unit.
- the fixing element is in particular configured for fixing the second end of the resetting spring by pressing the end against the frame unit.
- the second end of the resetting spring can preferably be fixed in different positions.
- the statement that “the resetting spring is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit” is to be understood in particular to mean that the resetting spring is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit at least with regard to a rotational position.
- the resetting spring is designed to be fixable, in particular by means of the fixing element, in a rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit in different rotational positions relative to the frame unit.
- an overall rotational position of the resetting spring relative to the frame unit can be set.
- an initial position of the rotor relative to the frame unit it is possible for an initial position of the rotor relative to the frame unit to be indirectly set.
- a “spring element” is to be understood in particular to mean a macroscopic element which has at least an extent and/or a relative rotational position of the ends which, in a normal operating state, is elastically variable by at least 10%, in particular by at least 20%, preferably by at least 30% and particularly advantageously by at least 50%, and which in particular generates an opposing force which is dependent on a variation of the extent and/or of the relative rotational position and which is preferably proportional to the variation and which counteracts the variation.
- an “extent” of an element is to be understood in particular to mean a maximum spacing of two points of a vertical projection of the element onto a plane.
- a “macroscopic element” is to be understood in particular to mean an element with an extent of at least 1 mm, in particular of at least 5 mm and preferably of at least 10 mm.
- the drive unit has a resetting unit which is of two-part construction and which is configured for resetting a rotor into an initial position.
- the resetting unit is configured for subjecting the rotor to an opposing resetting force during a deflection out of the initial position.
- the resetting unit is preferably configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation.
- the resetting unit is coupled rotationally conjointly to a first spindle projection of the rotor and is supported elastically on the frame unit.
- the resetting unit has a shaft wing which is installed directly, in particular axially, on a first axial projection of the rotor.
- the resetting unit in particular the shaft wing of the resetting unit, is fitted with its opening in particular on a first spindle projection of the rotor, and thereby coupled to the latter.
- the shaft wing preferably has two oppositely situated wings which run perpendicular to an axis of rotation and which are in particular each formed by a rectangular projection.
- the wings are in particular each equipped with a passage hole.
- the wings, which lie perpendicular to the spindle projection, are preferably fixed to the frame unit by means of a spring and damping element.
- the resetting unit has an elastic spring and damping element which is arranged between the shaft wing and the frame unit.
- the resetting unit is composed in particular of the shaft wing and the spring and damping element.
- the shaft wing engages by way of its opening into a geometry, which is of dovetail shape in cross section, of the first spindle projection of the cage element.
- the resetting action is preferably generated by means of the spring and damping element, which engages through passage or blind holes into the wings of the shaft wing and lies at the other side on the frame element.
- the elasticity of the spring and damping element provides the desired resetting and/or spring action.
- the elastic spring and damping element is configured for generating a resetting force in particular in the event of a deflection of the shaft wing, in particular at least in a circumferential direction, out of a rest position.
- a “shaft wing” is to be understood in particular to mean a shaft attachment which is in particular configured for coupling rotationally conjointly to a shaft, in particular to the rotor of the drive unit.
- the shaft wing preferably has an at least substantially rotationally symmetrical base body, on which there are arranged oppositely situated wings, which are configured for supporting the base body.
- the shaft wing is preferably configured at least partially for performing a rotational movement.
- a “spring and damping element” is to be understood in particular to mean an elastic element which is configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation.
- the elastic element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor.
- the spring and damping element is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off. It is thus possible in particular to advantageously to realize an automatic resetting of the rotor. In particular, it can be achieved that the spindle of the interface always comes to a standstill in the same position. In this way, it is possible to realize easy, consistent installation of the brush attachment, whereby a high level of convenience can be achieved.
- the spring and damping element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor.
- the resetting unit is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off. With this arrangement, the orientation of the rotational position is not possible.
- the elastic spring and damping element is fixedly connected to the shaft wing.
- the elastic spring and damping element is preferably connected fixedly to the shaft wing by means of a plug-in connection.
- the elastic spring and damping element and the shaft wing form the resetting unit, wherein the resetting unit in particular lies only against the frame unit.
- the shaft wing lies against the frame unit in particular via the spring and damping element.
- the elastic spring and damping element in an installed state, has a preload in relation to the frame unit, wherein the frame unit forms a support surface for the spring and damping element.
- the elastic spring and damping element is preferably composed at least partially of a soft component, in particular of silicone, whereas the shaft wing is composed of a hard component. It is preferably proposed that the elastic spring and damping element is composed at least partially of a soft component, in particular of silicone, with a Shore A hardness of 25 Shore A to 75 Shore A, preferably of 35 Shore A to 65 Shore A. It is furthermore proposed that the elastic spring and damping element is configured for limiting a rotation of the shaft wing to a rotational angle of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°. It is thus possible in particular to advantageously realize an automatic resetting of the rotor. Furthermore, a number of components for a resetting action, and a level of assembly effort, can be kept low.
- the shaft wing has in particular a cross shape in plan view.
- the shaft wing has in particular an at least approximately cylindrical base body which, in an axial direction, is provided with a blind hole with a rotational driving contour.
- the blind hole with the rotational driving contour serves in particular for rotationally conjointly receiving the spindle projection of the rotor.
- a projection is preferably formed on the base body, which projection, in the installed state, prevents the axial displacement within the assembly.
- a detent device is furthermore configured for securing the shaft wing on the spindle projection of the rotor.
- the projection of the shaft wing preferably has a diameter of 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to mm.
- the length of the projection amounts in particular to 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably from 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the blind hole of the shaft wing preferably has a depth of 7 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 12 mm.
- the width of the shaft wing, measured across the wings, amounts in particular to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm.
- the outer diameter of the cylindrical body of the shaft wing advantageously amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm.
- the spring and damping element is, in cross section, formed in particular as a semicircular element with lateral flanges. On its underside, the element has, on the flanges, preferably two projections which, in the assembled state, lie on the frame unit. Projections are preferably likewise provided on the top side, which projections are formed on the flanges adjacent to the geometry for receiving the shaft wing. Said projections are preferably configured for being installed into the passage holes of the shaft wing and holding the two parts together. The projections preferably have undercuts that realize this.
- the inner geometry of the spring and damping element is in particular adapted to the outer geometry of the shaft wing. The geometry is selected such that the required partial rotation of the shaft wing is possible.
- the spring and damping element has in particular a length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably 5 to 6.5 mm.
- the width perpendicular thereto amounts in particular to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm.
- the projections on the bottom side advantageously have a height of 1 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm.
- the projections 162 b , 162 b ′ on the top side preferably have a height of 1.5 mm to 4 mm, preferably of 2 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the inner diameter on the spring and damping element 148 b advantageously amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm.
- the drive unit is implemented of an oscillating armature motor.
- the oscillating armature motor is preferably activated in sinusoidal fashion. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize an improved movement of the rotor of the drive unit. It is possible in particular to realize an advantageously smooth movement of the rotor. Furthermore, noises of the drive unit can be reliably prevented.
- an “oscillating armature motor” is to be understood in particular to mean a drive which is configured for an electromagnetic generation of a vibratory movement, in particular oscillating movement.
- the drive comprises in particular a positionally fixed iron core with an exciter coil and a movable rotor, which comprises at least one magnet.
- the rotor is preferably held in the rest position by means of a resetting spring.
- the drive unit has at least one stator which has a carrier implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package which is inserted into the carrier, and a coil which engages around the metal-sheet package.
- the metal-sheet package forms an iron core of the stator, whereas the coil forms an exciter coil of the stator.
- the coil of the stator is preferably activated in sinusoidal fashion during operation.
- the coil and the metal-sheet package are particularly preferably free from contact.
- the stator is preferably formed in particular from a prefabricated module, which can be inserted as a single piece. In this way, it is possible in particular for an advantageously compact and easily assemblable stator to be provided. It is possible in particular for a number of components to be kept low.
- a “metal-sheet package” is to be understood in particular to mean a core which is composed of multiple lamination parts which are connected to one another and/or which bear against one another.
- the lamination parts preferably each have the same shape and are connected side-by-side in the same orientation to form a core.
- the carrier of the drive unit is connected directly to the frame unit and covers a rotor of the drive unit from at least one side.
- the carrier of the drive unit is preferably screwed directly to the frame unit.
- the rotor of the drive unit is preferably received in particular in a receptacle region of the frame unit, wherein the receptacle region is open preferably to one, preferably to at least two sides.
- the carrier is in particular configured for closing off at least one open side of the receptacle region of the frame unit.
- the rotor of the drive unit is at least partially engaged around by the metal-sheet package of the stator.
- an advantageously easily assemblable toothbrush handpiece it is possible in particular to realize an advantageously simple and reliable orientation of the stator relative to the rotor during an assembly process. In this way, it is possible in particular for assembly errors to be avoided.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one stop element which is configured for limiting a rotation of a rotor of the drive unit out of an initial position.
- the stop element is preferably configured for limiting an oscillating movement of the rotor.
- the stop element preferably serves in particular for providing a consistent movement of the rotor.
- the stop element is formed in particular by a mechanical stop, against which the rotor mechanically abuts when it reaches an end position during a movement. In this way, a movement of the rotor can be targetedly limited. It is possible in particular for a movement of the rotor to be targetedly limited in defined fashion.
- the at least one stop element is formed by a pin which is connected fixedly to the rotor of the drive unit and which is mounted with one end elastically on the frame unit.
- the pin is preferably inserted radially into an opening of the rotor, in particular of the spindle projection, particularly preferably of the second spindle projection.
- the pin is preferably arranged in a positionally fixed manner on the rotor, and in particular projects radially out of the rotor.
- the pin is particularly preferably mounted, with an end averted from the rotor, in the frame unit by means of an elastic sleeve, in particular by means of a rubber sleeve.
- the stop element be designed to be integrated directly into the shaft wing.
- the wings of the shaft wing lie over the spring and damping element, which in turn lies against the frame unit.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one rotor cover which is connected fixedly to the frame unit and which, together with the frame unit, is configured for the support and/or fixation of a rotor of the drive unit.
- the rotor of the drive unit is preferably received in particular in a receptacle region of the frame unit, wherein the receptacle region is open preferably to one, preferably to at least two sides. It is preferable for at least one open side of the receptacle region of the frame unit to be closed off by a carrier of the drive unit, wherein the rotor cover closes off in particular the second open side.
- the rotor cover is screwed to the frame unit.
- both the rotor cover and the frame unit form at least a semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving at least one spindle projection of the rotor.
- the rotor is preferably mounted directly between the frame unit and the rotor cover.
- Advantageously simple and fast assembly can be achieved in this way.
- an advantageous cover and bearing arrangement of the rotor to be provided.
- the rotor cover and the frame unit preferably furthermore serve for bearing and/or sealing off the spindle of the interface.
- the spindle is preferably mounted by means of a seal in a spindle receptacle which is made up of a semicircular spindle receptacle of the frame unit and a semicircular spindle receptacle of the rotor cover.
- the at least one stop elements implemented integrally with the rotor cover preferably forms a projection which is implemented integrally with the rotor cover and which faces toward the rotor. It is preferable here if the shape of the projection is adapted to the end positions of the rotor. Preferably, the stop element is formed in particular by a protuberance in the rotor cover.
- An advantageously simple stop element can be realized in this way. It is possible in particular for an advantageously easily assemblable stop element to be provided. Furthermore, it is possible in particular for a stop element to be provided which is advantageously robust and easy to produce. It is preferably possible in particular for a separate stop element to be provided. In particular, it is merely necessary for a shape of the rotor cover to be adapted.
- the handpiece or the spindle 110 is, in at least one operating state, operated with a frequency of 200 Hz to 320 Hz, preferably of 240 Hz to 280 Hz.
- the angle of deflection of the spindle 110 to each side of the zero position lies in particular in a range from 2.5° to 9°, preferably from 4° to 7°.
- the invention furthermore proceeds from a method for producing an electric toothbrush handpiece.
- the invention furthermore proceeds from an electric toothbrush having the electric toothbrush handpiece and having the brush attachment.
- the invention furthermore proceeds from a system having a first electric toothbrush handpiece with a first interface, having a second electric toothbrush handpiece with a second interface which differs from the first interface, and having a brush attachment with an interface receptacle for receiving the first interface and the second interface.
- the first interface and the second interface preferably have differing shapes and/or dimensions, wherein the brush attachment is suitable for captively receiving the first interface and the second interface.
- the brush attachment can be utilized in particular for different toothbrush handpieces. It is possible in particular to realize universal use of the brush attachment.
- the expressions “axial” and “radial” are in particular in relation to a main extent axis of the brush attachment and/or of the electric toothbrush handpiece, such that the expression “axial” refers in particular to a direction which runs parallel or coaxially with respect to one of the main extent axes.
- the expression “radial” hereinafter refers in particular to a direction which runs perpendicular to one of the main extent axes. It is preferable if the main extent axis of the brush attachment runs parallel to the main extent axis of the electric toothbrush handpiece.
- a “main extent axis” of an object is to be understood in particular to mean an axis which runs parallel to a longest edge of a smallest geometrical rectangular cuboid which just completely encloses the object, and which in particular intersects a geometrical central point of the object.
- top side or front side of the toothbrush are to be understood in this context to mean in particular that side of the toothbrush on which the thumb is placed.
- the top side or front side is normally also the side toward which the bristle array, in particular of the brush head of the brush attachment, is directed.
- the “bottom side” or “rear side” of the toothbrush is to be understood in particular to mean that side which is averted from the bristle array of the brush head.
- the expressions “left-hand side” and “right-hand side” are each in relation to a view directed onto the front side.
- the “bottom side of the head plate” refers to that side which is placed into the recess of the base body and which points in the direction of the bottom side of the toothbrush.
- the “top side of the head plate” points in the direction of the top side of the toothbrush.
- the brush attachment according to the invention the electric toothbrush handpiece, the electric toothbrush, the system and the method to be restricted to the use and embodiment described above.
- the brush attachment according to the invention, the electric toothbrush handpiece, the electric toothbrush, the system and the method may have a number of individual elements, components and units which differs from a number stated herein.
- FIG. 1 shows a brush attachment according to the invention with a brush head and with an interface receptacle in a first 3D view
- FIG. 2 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the interface receptacle in a second 3D view
- FIG. 3 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a third 3D view
- FIG. 4 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the brush head in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 5 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the brush head in a plan view from the side
- FIG. 6 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view from the rear
- FIG. 7 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the interface receptacle
- FIG. 8 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the brush head
- FIG. 9 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration along the section line IX-IX,
- FIG. 10 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration along the section line X-X
- FIG. 11 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line
- FIG. 12 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XII-XII,
- FIG. 13 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XIII-XIII
- FIG. 14 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XIV-XIV,
- FIG. 15 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XV-XV
- FIG. 16 shows a toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a housing and with an interface in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 17 shows the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the housing and with the interface in a plan view from the side
- FIG. 18 shows the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the housing and with the interface in a plan view from the rear
- FIG. 19 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a first 3D view
- FIG. 20 shows the electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a second 3D view
- FIG. 21 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 22 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a partially sectional illustration from the side
- FIG. 23 shows the brush attachment with a first bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the side
- FIG. 24 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative second bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 25 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative third bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 26 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fourth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 27 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fifth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 28 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative sixth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 29 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative seventh bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 30 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative eighth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 31 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative ninth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 31 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative ninth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view
- FIG. 32 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative tenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 32 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative tenth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view
- FIG. 33 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative eleventh bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 33 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative eleventh bristle array arrangement in a 3D view
- FIG. 34 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative twelfth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 34 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative twelfth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view
- FIG. 35 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative thirteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 35 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative thirteenth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view
- FIG. 36 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fourteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 37 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fifteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 38 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative sixteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 39 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative seventeenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front
- FIG. 40 shows a part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a frame unit, with an energy store, with a drive unit and with the interface in a first 3D view,
- FIG. 41 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in a second 3D view
- FIG. 42 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view
- FIG. 43 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view
- FIG. 44 shows a part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with an alternative energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in a third 3D view,
- FIG. 45 shows an alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the interface receptacle
- FIG. 46 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration corresponding to the section line IX-IX as per FIG. 8 of the first example embodiment
- FIG. 47 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration corresponding to the section line X-X as per FIG. 8 of the first example embodiment
- FIG. 48 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XLVIII-XLVIII,
- FIG. 49 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XLIX-XLIX,
- FIG. 50 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line L-L
- FIG. 51 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line LI-LI
- FIG. 52 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line LII-LII
- FIG. 53 shows a part of an alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a frame unit, with an energy store, with a drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in a first 3D view,
- FIG. 54 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in a second 3D view,
- FIG. 55 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view,
- FIG. 56 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view,
- FIG. 57 shows the part of an alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit which has a resetting unit which is composed of a shaft wing and a spring and damping element, with the interface and with a frame unit of the charging coil in a sectional illustration along LVII-LVII through the shaft wing and the spring and damping element,
- FIG. 58 shows the shaft wing and the spring and damping element of the drive unit of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view
- FIG. 59 shows the shaft wing and the spring and damping element of the drive unit of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view.
- FIGS. 1 to 15 show a brush attachment 10 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a is intended for a toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a is intended for an electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a is implemented of an exchangeable brush.
- the brush attachment 10 a and/or an interface receptacle 20 a or 24 a is basically designed for use with electric toothbrushes 90 a with a pivoting movement or with a vibrating movement.
- the brush attachment 10 a and/or the interface receptacle 20 a or 24 a may however also be used for other products, for example manual toothbrushes, in particular reusable toothbrushes, for example exchangeable-head toothbrushes, alternative electric toothbrushes, in particular with translational and/or rotating movements, with attachment parts with interdental cleaners, such as in particular interdental brushes with twisted-in bristles and/or tongue cleaners.
- FIGS. 1 to 15 show different views of the brush attachment 10 a . Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures.
- the brush attachment 10 a has a head portion 14 a .
- the head portion 14 a comprises a brush head 16 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a has an attachment portion 18 a .
- the attachment portion 18 a comprises an interface receptacle 20 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a has a neck portion 22 a arranged between the head portion 14 a and the attachment portion 18 a .
- the head portion 14 a , the attachment portion 18 a and the neck portion 22 a are in each case spatial portions of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the head portion 14 a , the attachment portion 18 a and the neck portion 22 a are in each case axial sub-portions of the brush attachment 10 a Furthermore, the brush attachment 10 a is advantageously composed of exactly three portions, specifically the head portion 14 a , the neck portion 22 a and the attachment portion 18 a . The portions advantageously directly adjoin one another. The head portion 14 a , the attachment portion 18 a and the neck portion 22 a together extend in an axial direction over the entire brush attachment 10 a.
- a general shape of the brush attachment 10 a forms a profile from a relatively large width in the attachment portion 18 a to a narrowing in the neck portion 22 a to a relatively large width in the head portion 14 a .
- the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a has a narrow, long basic shape.
- the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a is of substantially elliptical shape.
- the brush head 16 a has a constant thickness. It would however also be conceivable for the brush head 16 a to have, as viewed from the side, a profile such as for example an undulating shape or a thickness which increases toward the neck region.
- the brush head 16 a has a height of 3 mm to 9 mm, preferably of 4 mm to 6 mm.
- the brush head 16 a has no sharp edges.
- the brush attachment 10 a is of substantially rotationally symmetrical shape in the neck portion 22 a and in the attachment portion 18 a , wherein a smooth transition occurs, and the rotational symmetry is lost, in the direction of the head portion 14 a .
- the transition between the neck portion 22 a and the head portion 14 a is realized preferably by means of a waisted portion, which forms a minimum diameter of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the brush attachment 10 a is of conical form in the neck portion 22 a , wherein a diameter increases toward the attachment portion 18 a .
- a conical shape of the neck portion 22 a is continued in the attachment portion 18 a , wherein the brush attachment 10 a is furthermore, in the attachment portion 18 a , of concave conical form toward a free end.
- the brush attachment 10 a Prior to a free end averted from the brush head 16 a , the brush attachment 10 a has a short portion cut in frustoconical shape, which forms a bevel and by means of which a drip edge 108 a is formed.
- the drip edge 108 a forms a hard transition from the bevel into the rounded profile of the outer skin.
- the drip edge 108 a forms a radially outermost edge of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the bevel has an angle of 30° to 70°, preferably of 40° to 60°.
- the drip edge 108 a has a spacing of 0.5 mm to 4 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 3 mm, to the standing surface.
- the drip edge 108 a furthermore has a diameter of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm.
- the drip edge 108 a has the function whereby, when the brush attachment 10 a is standing on a standing surface, liquid advantageously drips off the drip edge. Furthermore, by means of the drip edge 108 a , less liquid runs in the direction of the standing surface, and thus, in the installed state, it is also the case that less liquid flows in the direction of the interface 24 a.
- the standing surface is formed at a free end, averted from the brush head, of the attachment portion 18 a .
- a base body 26 a of the brush attachment 10 a forms the standing surface.
- the standing surface is formed by a ring-shaped surface of the base body 26 a which is arranged around the longitudinal axis.
- the surface has a width of 0.5 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm.
- an outer diameter of the standing surface amounts to 9 mm to 17 mm, preferably 11 mm to 15 mm, and an inner diameter amounts to 7 mm to 15 mm, preferably 9 mm to 13 mm.
- the standing surface makes it possible for the brush attachment 10 a to be set down on a planar surface such that a main extent direction 98 a of the brush attachment 10 a extends substantially perpendicular to the surface.
- the question of whether the standing surface can perform its function effectively is dependent on various factors which influence the center of gravity, for example a configuration of the bristle array 43 a , in particular of the bristle length, and/or a mass distribution in the body.
- the brush attachment 10 a has an axial length of 50 mm to 110 mm, preferably of 70 mm to 90 mm. Furthermore, the brush attachment 10 a has, in the head portion 14 a , a width of 7 mm to 16 mm, preferably of 10 mm to 14 mm. In the neck portion 22 a , the brush attachment 10 a has a width of 3 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm. In the neck portion 18 a , the brush attachment has a width of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm.
- the brush attachment 10 a has a supporting base body 26 a .
- the supporting base body 26 a has a hard component.
- the supporting base body 26 a is composed of a hard component. It would however basically also be conceivable for the base body to be composed of multiple different hard components. In particular, it would thus be possible to realize different characteristics in different body parts of the base body 26 a by means of the various components.
- the interface receptacle 20 a it would be possible for the interface receptacle 20 a to be formed from a material for a good form and good characteristics of the interface receptacle 20 a , whereas the head portion 14 a itself is composed of a second material which is more resistant to chemical oral hygiene agents such as toothpaste.
- the weight distribution in the product may be of extremely high relevance for the propagation of the vibrations.
- components of the base body 26 a or else other components may be designed to be of high density in order to increase the weight in order to optimize vibration.
- a certain weight distribution can be realized in order to obtain optimum vibration.
- a second, heavy hard material, in particular 2-component injection molding it is preferably even possible for a ring to be introduced by injection molding on the inside so as not to be visible.
- the supporting base body 26 a forms a supporting structure of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the supporting base body 26 a forms a supporting structure of the brush head 16 a .
- the supporting base body 26 a forms a supporting delimitation of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the brush head 16 a is coupled substantially rigidly to the interface receptacle 20 a by means of the supporting base body 26 a .
- the supporting base body 26 a extends from the attachment portion 18 a via the neck portion 22 a to the head portion 14 a .
- the base body 26 a is implemented as a single piece. It would however basically also be conceivable for the base body 26 a to be at least partially interrupted, and for the brush attachment 10 a to have, for example, a movable joint by means of which the brush head 16 a is movably mounted.
- the brush attachment 10 a may also be formed only from hard components, or be composed only of a base body 26 a without overmold 32 a.
- the brush attachment 10 a has an overmold 32 a .
- the overmold 32 a is composed of a different material than the base body 26 a .
- the overmold 32 a has a soft component.
- the overmold 32 a is composed of a soft component.
- the overmold 32 a and the base body 26 a are produced in a multi-component injection molding process. In principle, however, some other production method that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable.
- the overmold 32 a encloses a substantial part of an outer surface of the base body 26 a . In the region of a front side of the brush head 16 a , the base body 26 a is free from the overmold 32 a .
- the brush head 16 a is equipped with soft elements composed of the soft component of the overmold 32 a .
- the base body 26 a is free from the overmold 32 a in the region of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the base body 26 a has, on a rear side of the brush head 26 a , a support region 92 a which is free from the overmold 32 a .
- the support region 92 a serves in particular for supporting the brush head 16 a during an introduction of bristles into the base body 26 a and/or during the overmolding of the base body 26 a .
- a tongue cleaner could also be realized on the rear side of the brush head 26 a .
- the tongue cleaner may for example have studs and/or lamellae, in particular in circles or in a straight line, or undulating longitudinal or transverse strips, and be produced from a hard component, a soft component or hard and soft components.
- the soft component may be formed for example as a ring around the support region 92 a .
- the base body 26 a has, in the neck portion 22 a , a logo region 94 a which is free from the overmold 32 a .
- the logo region 94 a serves in particular for the application of a print to the base body 26 a , for example by pad printing, laser labelling or embossment.
- a labelling may be realized already as a labelling insert in the injection molding tool.
- the labelling is realized as recessed or elevated lettering.
- a secondary function of the logo region 94 a is furthermore support for accurate positioning of the base body 26 a in the injection molding tool during the injection of a second component, or the soft component, for the overmold 32 a.
- the interface receptacle 20 a has multiple partial receptacle regions 36 a , 38 a , 40 a , 96 a .
- the interface receptacle 20 a is divided into multiple partial receptacle regions 36 a , 38 a , 40 a , 96 a .
- the interface receptacle 20 a has a first, substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a forms a partial receptacle region of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a is configured for receiving a tip of the interface 24 a of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a is configured for receiving a front, free spindle region of a spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a forms a partial receptacle region, facing toward the brush head 16 a , of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the first, substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region 36 a has a narrowing 42 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a narrows radially from at least one side at the narrowing 42 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a narrows radially from two opposite sides at the narrowing 42 a .
- the narrowing 42 a is formed by two oppositely situated bevelled shoulders.
- a cross section of the first partial receptacle region 36 a decreases in an axial direction toward the brush head 16 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a On a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the second partial receptacle region 38 a , the first partial receptacle region 36 a has an axial length of 2 mm to 7 mm, preferably of 3.5 mm to 5 mm.
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a On a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the second partial receptacle region 38 a , the first partial receptacle region 36 a has an axial length of 5 mm to 11 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 9 mm.
- a rear side of the first partial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the second partial receptacle region 38 a , a maximum spacing of 0.5 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 2 mm, to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a . Furthermore, the rear side of the first partial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the second partial receptacle region 38 a , a maximum spacing of 0.8 mm to 1.6 mm, preferably of 1.1 mm to 1.4 mm, to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the front side of the first partial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the second partial receptacle region 38 a , a maximum spacing of 0.8 mm to 1.6 mm, preferably of 1.1 mm to 1.4 mm, to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the sides of the first partial receptacle region 36 a have, on a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the second partial receptacle region 38 a , a maximum spacing of 0.5 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 2 mm, to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the sides of the first partial receptacle region 36 a have, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the second partial receptacle region 38 a , a maximum spacing of 1 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 1.3 mm to 1.7 mm, to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a has a certain “taper” owing to the required demoldability during the production process, in particular during the injection molding process.
- the clamping of the spindle 110 a occurs in the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the spindle 110 a does not however lie completely thereon, because complementary geometries with an air gap in between are formed.
- the spindle has, as viewed in a cross section, a rounded geometry, which is arranged in a polygonal part of the interface geometry.
- the interface receptacle has a second, substantially cylindrical partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a projects axially at least partially into the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a is arranged so as to axially fully overlap the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a is arranged axially entirely within the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a is arranged at an end of the first partial receptacle region 36 a which is averted from the end of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a terminates, on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle 20 a , together with the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- a maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region 38 a perpendicular to a main extent direction 98 a of the brush attachment 10 a is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a is eccentric in relation to the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a projects, in a region of overlap with the second pressure receptacle region, with at least two edges axially through the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a projects, in a region of overlap with the second pressure receptacle region, with at least two edges radially out of the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a has a narrowing 100 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a narrows from at least one side radially toward the first partial receptacle region 36 a at the narrowing 100 a .
- the narrowing 100 a is formed by a bevelled shoulder.
- the narrowing 100 a has an angle of 25° to 65°, preferably of 35° to 55°, with respect to the longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- a minimum spacing of the narrowing to the longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a amounts to 0.3 mm to 1.5 mm, preferably 0.5 mm to 1 mm.
- the narrowing has an axial length of 0.2 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
- a cross section of the second partial receptacle region 38 a decreases in an axial direction toward the brush head 16 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a and the second partial receptacle region 38 a are jointly of mirror-symmetrical form.
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a has, on a side averted from the brush head 16 a , a diameter of 2 mm to 6 mm, preferably of 3.5 mm to 5 mm. Furthermore, the second partial receptacle region 38 a has a length of 2 mm to 6 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to 4.5 mm.
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a is partially slightly inclined relative to a longitudinal axis of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a or the side walls thereof has an angle of 0.5° to 5°, preferably of 1° to 3°, with respect to the longitudinal axis. Furthermore, on a side facing toward the brush head 16 a , the second partial receptacle region forms a bevel toward the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the second partial receptacle region 38 a serves for receiving the spindle 110 a and for guiding the spindle 110 a into the correct position in the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the spindle 110 a is, at this location, of rounded form on one side, in the direction of the rear side, and has a flattened portion on the front side.
- the interface receptacle 20 a has a third, frustoconical partial receptacle region 40 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a axially directly adjoins the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a has no overlap with the first partial receptacle region 36 a and the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a is arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a directly adjoins the first partial receptacle region 36 a and the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a adjoins the first partial receptacle region 36 a and the second partial receptacle region 38 a on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the interface receptacle 20 a comprises a union of the first partial receptacle region 36 a , the second partial receptacle region 38 a and the third partial receptacle region 38 a .
- a maximum cross section of the third partial receptacle region 40 a perpendicular to the main extent direction 98 a of the brush attachment 10 a is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a has a diameter of 5 mm to 13 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 11 mm.
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a has a diameter of 4 mm to 12 mm, preferably of 6 mm to 10 mm.
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a has an axial length of 3 mm to 11 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 9 mm.
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a is substantially rotationally symmetrical.
- the interface receptacle 20 a has a fourth partial receptacle region 96 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a has a frustoconical shape, wherein a lateral surface of the partial receptacle region 96 a is concavely curved.
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a axially directly adjoins the third partial receptacle region 40 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a is arranged approximately coaxially with respect to the third partial receptacle region 40 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a directly adjoins the third partial receptacle region 40 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a adjoins the third partial receptacle region 40 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a forms the opening of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a serves for receiving a shank of the interface 24 a of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a forms the location at which a spindle 110 a of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a is inserted into the brush attachment 10 a .
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a serves as an insertion aid and starts with a small shoulder in relation to the standing surface.
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a has, at a free end, a diameter of 7 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 13 mm.
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a has a diameter of 5 mm to 13 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 11 mm.
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a axially has a length of 1 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 1.5 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a is substantially rotationally symmetrical.
- the third partial receptacle region 40 a and the fourth partial receptacle region 96 a serve for receiving a cam of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a . If no cam is present, the spindle 110 a is guided through the “space” through which it can be guided, because the spindle 110 a generally has a smaller volume than a cam.
- the interface receptacle 20 a is formed by a universal interface receptacle.
- the interface receptacle 20 a is suitable for receiving at least two different interfaces 24 a of different toothbrush handpieces 12 a .
- the interface receptacle 20 a therefore fits with interfaces 24 a of different shape and/or dimensions.
- the supporting base body 26 a which partially adjoins the interface receptacle 20 a , has a clamping unit 28 a for this purpose.
- the clamping unit 28 a is configured for being elastically deflected for the purposes of receiving an interface 24 a of a toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a is configured for clamping the spindle 110 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a directly adjoins the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a is arranged axially in a region of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a is arranged axially entirely in a region of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a is arranged partially axially in a region of the second partial receptacle region 38 a.
- the clamping unit 28 a has an at least partially freestanding clamping wall 30 a , 30 a ′ which directly adjoins the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the clamping unit 28 a has two partially freestanding clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ which directly adjoin the interface receptacle 20 a on opposite sides.
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ adjoin in each case one side of the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 a of the interface receptacle 20 a is delimited to two opposite sides by the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′,
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are partially free-standing relative to a remaining part of the base body 26 a .
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are partially set free in relation to the remaining part of the base body 26 a by means of slots and apertures with respect to the interface receptacle 20 a , which slots and apertures extend in each case parallel to the longitudinal axis.
- the slots are arranged behind the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′, whereas the apertures are arranged adjacent to the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ and open into the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the slots and apertures each have a length of 6.5 mm to 9 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 8 mm.
- the overall dimension of slot together with the width of the clamping wall amounts to 1 mm to 2.5 mm, preferably 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm.
- the apertures each have a height of 0.02 mm to 0.3 mm, preferably of 0.05 mm to 0.15 mm, and a width of 0.1 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.15 mm to 0.3 mm.
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are configured for being deflected radially outward when the brush attachment 10 a is attached to a toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ of the clamping unit 28 a extend axially in an insertion direction 102 a of the interface 24 a beyond the narrowing 42 a of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ of the clamping unit 28 a are, in the insertion direction 102 a , arranged axially behind the narrowing 100 a of the second partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the overmold 32 a directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ in each case in at least one plane 34 a .
- the overmold 32 a encloses the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ in each case in a radial direction on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are delimited to two sides by the overmold 32 a .
- the overmold 32 a is situated behind the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′.
- the base body 26 a has, behind the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 a , in each case one two-stage recess which becomes narrower toward the inside and wider toward the outside.
- the overmold 32 a In a region of the apertures of the base body 26 a which have been formed by injection molding by means of the overmold 32 a , the overmold 32 a directly adjoins the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the overmold 32 a serves for cushioning an elastic deflection of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′.
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ have an axial spacing to the standing surface of 3 mm to 6 mm, preferably of 4 mm to 5 mm.
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ each have a wall thickness of 0.3 mm to 1.2 mm, preferably of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm.
- the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are designed such that, in the inserted state of the spindle 110 a , they lie flat against the spindle 110 a .
- the spindle 110 a is of laterally flat design in the region of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′.
- the contact surfaces of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ are likewise of smooth form.
- a clamping force imparted by the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ is basically dependent on the spindle construction or on the geometry of the spindle 110 a and the dimensions of the spindle 110 a . Clamping occurs not by means of punctiform contact but by means of areal contact of the parts. In parallel with the lateral clamping, there is automatically also a certain facility for clamping of the element on the rear side, between the two apertures.
- a desired clamping force of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′ amounts to 1 kg to 4 kg, preferably 1.2 kg to 2.5 kg.
- the clamping unit 28 a has a partially freestanding clamping web 104 a .
- the clamping web 104 a is arranged axially at the height of the clamping walls 30 a , 30 a ′.
- the clamping web 104 a delimits the first partial receptacle region 36 a of the interface receptacle 20 a to a third side.
- the clamping web 104 a of the clamping unit 28 a extends axially in an insertion direction 102 a of the interface 24 a beyond the narrowing 42 a of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the overmold 32 a directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clamping web 104 a in at least one plane 34 a .
- the overmold 32 a encloses the clamping web 104 a in a radial direction on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 a.
- the overmold 32 a has various functions. By means of the overmold 32 a , a high level of flexibility of the clamping, and of the resetting, can be achieved. Furthermore, it is generally possible for improved grip of the brush attachment 10 a to be realized. Furthermore, in the assembled state, the overmold 32 a has sealing functions for example of the interface receptacle 20 a with respect to the environment. Furthermore, the overmold 32 a serves for damping of the brush head 16 a . The possible molding of a tongue cleaner out of the overmold has already been discussed.
- the clamping unit 28 a has a clamping elevation 106 a which projects at least partially into the interface receptacle 20 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a is realized as an elevation on an inner wall, which delimits the interface receptacle 20 a , of the base body 26 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a is arranged axially entirely in a region of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a is, in the insertion direction 24 a , arranged axially behind the narrowing 42 a of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a is at an axial distance of at least 1 mm, preferably at least 1.5 mm and preferably at most 3 mm, particularly preferably at most 2.5 mm, from the narrowing 42 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a extends axially as far as an end of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a extends axially as far as an end of the first partial receptacle region 36 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a has an axial length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm.
- the clamping elevation 106 a has a width of 0.7 mm to 1.8 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.5 mm, and a height of 0.04 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.06 mm to 0.3 mm.
- the clamping elevation 106 a furthermore has a spacing to the central axis of 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.3 mm.
- the clamping elevation 106 a is arranged on a side the clamping web 104 a of the clamping unit 28 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a is arranged on a rear side of the first partial receptacle region 38 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a extends partially axially beyond the clamping web 104 a .
- a pulling-off force of the brush attachment can be set through adaptation of a height of the clamping elevation 106 a .
- the clamping elevation 106 a therefore serves for settability of the retention force and for clamping of the spindle 110 a in the interface receptacle 20 a .
- a contact surface of the spindle 110 a with respect to the clamping elevation 106 a preferably has a corrugation and/or roughening.
- An illustrated hole array 109 a of the brush head 16 a in the base body 26 a is, as illustrated, designed for the use of conventional filaments.
- the hole array 109 a has three regions.
- the hole array 109 a has a front region, which is directed toward the free end.
- the front region has two transverse rows.
- a foremost row has two holes, whereas a second row has three holes.
- the hole array 109 a has an increasing number of holes toward a central region of the hole array 109 a .
- the central region of the hole array 109 a is arranged in the center of the hole array 109 a and has five transverse rows.
- the transverse rows each have four holes.
- the hole array 109 a has a rear region, which is directed toward the brush neck.
- the rear region has three transverse rows.
- a first transverse row, adjoining the central region, has three holes. This is followed by a further row with three holes. At the free end, another transverse row with two holes is provided. The number of holes decreases toward the neck portion 22 a .
- the holes are arranged in transverse rows in order that a displacement and thus cutting/profiling of the bristles is possible.
- FIG. 23 shows the brush head 16 a with a conventional bristle array 43 a with a conventional arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 1 a .
- the bristle array 43 a in the hole array 109 a may be provided, wherein the bristle array 43 a may provide identical bristle bundles 44 . 1 a and/or asymmetrically punched bristle bundles 44 a .
- a central ridge may be formed in the bristle array 43 a , wherein the bristle array 43 a is in this case composed in particular of cylindrical filaments.
- a section is in particular implemented such that the front and the rear end are elevated and an elevation and/or a ridge is likewise formed in the center of the bristle array 43 a .
- the central ridge may in this case be realized both by means of flat bristle bundles 44 . 1 a , wherein a profiling is realized by means of multiple small steps, and by means of bristle bundles 44 . 1 a cut at an angle, as shown in FIG. 23 .
- the ridge it would alternatively also be conceivable for the ridge to be formed as a relatively tall bundle transverse row, wherein a front and rear end of the bundle transverse row is cut obliquely.
- filaments for the bristle bundles 44 As filaments for the bristle bundles 44 .
- various filaments that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable, for example 2-component filaments, Stain Devil filaments (of Perlon®), charcoal or spiral/twister filaments in a bristle array of a sonic brush.
- bristle fitting methods that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are furthermore also conceivable.
- recesses for AFT plates or for the PTt process to be provided in the brush head 16 a .
- the bristle fitting method to be designed specifically for pivoting and sonic movements. This may be realized for example by means of the PTt process, because here, a minimal head thickness is required, and therefore less “material” is required. It is thus possible to realize a small spacing of the bristles from the edge.
- FIGS. 24 to 39 show, by way of example, different alternative embodiments and arrangements of bristle bundles 44 . 2 a ; 44 . 3 a ; 44 . 4 a ; 44 . 5 a ; 44 . 6 a ; 44 . 7 a ; 44 . 8 a ; 44 . 9 a ; 44 . 10 a ; 44 . 11 a ; 44 . 12 a ; 44 . 13 a ; 44 . 14 a ; 44 . 15 a ; 44 . 16 a ; 44 .
- the brush head 16 a has in each case one bristle array 43 a with at least two significantly differing bristle bundles 44 . 2 a ; 44 . 3 a ; 44 . 4 a ; 44 . 5 a ; 44 . 6 a ; 44 . 7 a ; 44 . 8 a ; 44 . 9 a ; 44 . 10 a ; 44 . 11 a ; 44 . 12 a ; 44 . 13 a ; 44 . 14 a ; 44 . 15 a ; 44 . 16 a ; 44 . 17 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 .
- FIG. 24 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative second arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 a . 2 of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 2 a are each formed by ridges.
- the bristle bundles 44 . 2 a are each formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved and have different lengths.
- a bend is in particular individual and may basically also vary within a bristle array 43 a and/or within the bristle bundle 44 . 2 a .
- One of the bristle bundles 44 . 2 a has a ring shape.
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 2 a is curved around the rind-shaped bristle bundle 44 . 2 a
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 2 a is curved away from the ring-shaped bristle bundle 44 . 2 a.
- FIG. 25 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative third arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 3 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 3 a are each formed by ridges.
- the bristle bundles 44 . 3 a are each formed by ridges which; in a longitudinal profile; are curved.
- One of the bristle bundles 44 . 3 a has a rind shape.
- a remainder of the bristle bundles 44 . 3 a are curved around the ring-shaped bristle bundle 44 . 3 a.
- FIG. 26 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative fourth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 4 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 4 a are in each case partially formed by ridges. Furthermore, two of the bristle bundles 44 . 4 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 4 a is curved around the circular bristle bundles 44 . 4 a , whereas a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 4 a is curved away from the circular bristle bundles 44 . 4 a.
- FIG. 27 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative fifth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 5 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 5 a are in each case partially formed by ridges. Furthermore, two of the bristle bundles 44 . 5 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. The ridge-like bristle bundles 44 . 5 a are curved around the circular bristle bundles 44 . 5 a.
- FIG. 28 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative sixth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 6 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 6 a in each case partially have an arrow shape, wherein the tips are directed outward. In this way, an advantageous cleaning action can be achieved, in particular in the case of use on a sonic toothbrush or a toothbrush with a reciprocating pivoting movement.
- several of the bristle bundles 44 . 6 a are formed by conventional circular bundles.
- FIG. 29 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative seventh arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 7 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 7 a are formed by conventional circular bundles, wherein a size of the bristle bundles 44 . 7 a varies and the distribution is at least partially random. The distribution in particular has no axis of symmetry parallel to the main directions of the toothbrush.
- Also integrated are two bristle bundles 44 . 7 a situated one inside the other, wherein one is designed as a circular-ring-shaped bundle, and the other is shaped as a conventional circular bundle situated inside the circular-ring-shaped bundle.
- FIG. 30 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative eighth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 8 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 8 a is formed by conventional circular bundles, wherein a size of the bristle bundles 44 . 8 a varies.
- a further proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 8 a has an open-die implementation.
- FIGS. 31 a and 31 b show the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative ninth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 9 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 9 a are each formed by ridges.
- the bristle bundles 44 . 9 a are each formed by ridges which are of undulating form in a longitudinal profile and/or an end profile. The number of undulation peaks and troughs is in particular variable. It is possible for different undulations to be provided in the same bristle array 43 a .
- the ridges have in each case partially different inclined positions, wherein the angle of the inclined positions in the bristle bundles 44 . 9 a relative to a normal of the brush head 16 a increases toward the front and rear end of the bristle array 43 a , and the bristle bundles 44 . 9 a of the central ridges stand more vertically.
- FIGS. 32 a and 32 b show the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative tenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 a . 10 of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 10 a have an elongate basic shape and have in each case partially different inclined positions.
- FIGS. 33 a and 33 b show the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative eleventh arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 11 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 11 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44 . 11 a have in each case partially different inclined positions, with an X shape again being formed.
- FIGS. 34 a and 34 b show the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative twelfth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 12 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 12 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44 . 12 a have in each case partially different inclined positions.
- the main extent of most ridges is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is embodied symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush.
- FIGS. 35 a and 35 b show the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative thirteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 13 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- the bristle bundles 44 . 13 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44 . 13 a have in each case partially different inclined positions.
- the main extent of the ridges is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is embodied symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush.
- FIG. 36 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative fourteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 14 a . 14 of the bristle array 43 a .
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 14 a is formed by conventional circular bundles.
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 13 a is formed in each case by ridges which are curved in a longitudinal profile and which have in each case partially different inclined positions.
- FIG. 37 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative fifteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 15 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- Two of the bristle bundles 44 . 15 a are of elliptical shape.
- multiple bristle bundles 44 . 15 a are arranged around the elliptical bristle bundles 44 . 15 a , which additional bristle bundles have different, in some cases also converging, inclined positions.
- FIG. 38 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative sixteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 16 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- a proportion of the bristle bundles 44 . 16 a has an open-die form configuration and forms in each case the shape of a turbine blade. Furthermore, at least two of the bristle bundles 44 . 16 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. The freeform bristle bundles 44 . 16 a are arranged around the circular bristle bundles 44 . 16 a,
- FIG. 39 shows the brush head 16 a of the brush attachment 10 a with an alternative seventeenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 . 17 a of the bristle array 43 a .
- One of the bristle bundles 44 . 17 a is of elliptical shape.
- a remainder of the bristle bundles 44 . 17 a has an open-die form configuration and forms in each case the shape of a turbine blade.
- the freeform bristle bundles 44 . 17 a are arranged around the elliptical bristle bundle 44 . 17 a.
- the bristle bundles 43 a in each case all have a certain symmetry, in particular point symmetry and/or mirror symmetry. Arrangements without symmetry would however basically also be conceivable. Furthermore, yet further arrangements and shapes of the bristle bundles are conceivable, for example in the form of multilevel tufts, wherein the bristle bundles have different heights within the bristle bundle.
- FIG. 16 shows an electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 a has an interface 24 a for coupling to the brush attachment 10 a .
- the interface 24 a has a spindle 110 a for direct engagement into the interface receptacle 20 a of the brush attachment 10 a .
- the spindle 110 a is formed by a metal shaft. Some other embodiment of the spindle 110 a that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a housing 46 a .
- the housing 46 a has a base body 112 a composed of a hard component.
- the base body 112 a forms a supporting structure of the housing 46 a .
- the base body 112 a is implemented as a single piece. In principle, however, a different embodiment that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example a two-shell design, would also be conceivable.
- the housing 46 a furthermore has an overmold 114 a composed of a soft material.
- the overmold 114 a is arranged partially on an outer surface of the base body 112 a .
- the overmold 114 a forms a grip region of the housing 46 a .
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a lid 113 a .
- the lid 113 a is configured for closing off the housing 112 a on a side averted from the interface 24 a ( FIGS. 16 , 17 , 18 , 19 and 20 ).
- FIGS. 40 to 44 show different views of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a , wherein the housing 46 a and the lid 113 a are omitted from the figures in each case. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a fix frame unit 52 a arranged in the housing 46 a .
- the frame unit 52 a In an assembled state, the frame unit 52 a has been pushed into the housing 46 a .
- the frame unit 52 a is implemented as a single piece.
- the frame unit 52 a extends axially over a major part of the housing 46 a .
- the frame unit 52 a is formed by a plastics frame.
- the frame unit 52 a is composed of plastic, preferably a polypropylene.
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has various geometries, arranged adjacently in a line, for receiving different components of the internal parts of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a . Furthermore, the frame unit 52 a has apertures and slots for cables and for the purposes of reducing weight.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a drive unit 48 a for driving the interface 24 a , which is received in the housing 46 a .
- the drive unit 48 a is configured for driving the spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a .
- the drive unit 48 a is formed by a motor.
- the drive unit 48 a is implemented of an oscillating armature motor.
- the frame unit 52 a at least partially receives the drive unit 48 a .
- the frame unit 52 a fully receives the drive unit 48 a .
- the drive unit 48 a is installed directly in the frame unit 52 a . In particular, no separate motor assembly is provided.
- the drive unit 48 a has a rotor 58 a .
- the rotor 58 a is configured for performing an oscillating movement.
- the rotor 58 a has an integrally formed cage element 60 a .
- the cage element 60 a is configured for receiving at least one magnet 62 a , 62 a ′.
- the cage element 60 a is configured for receiving two magnets 62 a , 62 a ′,
- the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′ are formed in each case by permanent magnets.
- the cage element 60 a has in each case one receiving region for receiving the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′.
- the cage element 60 a has a base body 64 a , which comprises the at least one receiving region, and spindle projections 66 a , 68 a which are arranged to both sides of the base body 64 a and which form a rotary spindle of the rotor 58 a .
- the spindle projections 66 a , 68 a are arranged in each case on opposite sides of the base body 64 a .
- a first spindle projection 66 a is arranged on a side of the base body 64 a averted from the interface 24 a .
- a second spindle projection 68 a is arranged on a side of the base body 64 a facing toward the interface 24 a .
- the second spindle projection 68 a is coupled directly to the interface.
- the second spindle projection 68 a is configured for rotationally conjointly receiving the spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a .
- the spindle 110 a can be received for example by means of an interference fit, by adhesive bonding or by welding.
- the rotor 58 a has at least one cover 70 a , 70 a ′ which is configured for closing off the receptacle regions of the cage element 60 a .
- the rotor 58 a has at least two covers 70 a , 70 a ′ which are configured in each case for closing off one side of the receiving regions of the cage element 60 a and which in particular simultaneously also serve for diverting the magnetic field.
- the receiving regions are in each case open to two opposite sides and are closed off by means of the covers 70 a , 70 a ′ after the magnets 62 a , 26 a ′ have been inserted.
- the covers 70 a , 70 a ′ are in each case screwed onto, adhesively bonded to or screwed to the base body 64 a of the cage element 60 a .
- it is preferably firstly the case that the first cover 70 a is connected to the base body 64 a , the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′ are subsequently inserted, and thereafter the second cover 70 a ′ is connected to the base body 64 a .
- Bearings 118 a , 120 a for the bearing of the rotor 58 a are subsequently installed.
- the rotor 58 a is received by means of its bearings 118 a , 120 a in a receiving region of the frame unit 52 a .
- the receiving region for the rotor 58 a is open to two opposite sides.
- the covers 70 a , 70 a ′′′′ are configured for covering the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′′′′ and for distributing a magnetic field of the magnets 62 a , 62 a′′′′.
- the drive unit 48 a has a resetting spring 72 a .
- the resetting spring 72 a is formed by a helical spring. Some other embodiment of the resetting spring that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example in the form of a spiral spring or leaf spring, would however also be conceivable.
- the resetting spring 72 a is, by way of a first end, coupled rotationally conjointly to the first spindle projection 66 a of the rotor 58 a .
- the resetting spring 72 a engages with a first end into a groove of the first spindle projection 66 a of the cage element 60 a , which groove runs radially through an axis of rotation of the rotor 58 a .
- the first end of the resetting spring 72 a is furthermore fixed on the first spindle projection 66 a by means of a nut 115 a , which is screwed onto the first spindle projection 66 a , and by means of a clamping ring 117 a which interacts with said nut.
- the clamping ring 117 a serves for optimally distributing, onto the resetting spring 72 a , the force for the fixing by means of the nut 115 a .
- the resetting spring 72 a is, by way of a second end, fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit 52 a by means of a fixing element 74 a .
- the resetting spring 72 a is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit 52 a with regard to a rotational position.
- the resetting spring 72 a is designed to be fixable in a rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit 52 a in different rotational positions relative to the frame unit 52 a by means of the fixing element 74 a .
- an overall rotational position of the resetting spring 72 a relative to the frame unit 52 a can be set in order to compensate for tolerances in the manufacture of the resetting spring 72 a .
- An initial position of the rotor 58 a relative to the frame unit 52 a can be indirectly set.
- the fixing element 74 a receiving the second end of the resetting spring 72 a , is fixed against the frame unit 52 a by means of a screw 116 a which extends through the frame unit 52 a into the fixing element 74 a .
- the second end of the resetting spring 72 a is received in a recess of the fixing element 74 a .
- the screw 116 a is guided through an elongated hole of the frame unit 52 a , such that the fixing element 74 a can be fixed to the frame unit 52 a in different positions relative to the frame unit 52 a .
- the second end of the resetting spring 72 a is thus held in a present position.
- the second end of the resetting spring 72 a can be fixed in different positions relative to the frame unit 52 a .
- the fixing element 74 a it is possible here for the fixing element 74 a to be preassembled with the resetting spring 52 a , with the screw 116 a not being tightened.
- the resetting spring 72 a is configured in particular for performing a rotation of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°.
- the screw 116 a may be guided not through an elongated hole but through a simple blind hole. In this way, the settability is lost, such that no orientation is possible.
- the resetting spring 72 a can however nevertheless be positioned and fixed.
- the drive unit 48 a has a stator 76 a .
- the stator 76 a comprises a carrier 78 a which is implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package 80 a which is inserted into the carrier 78 a , and a coil 82 a which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the stator 76 a comprises the carrier 78 a which is implemented as a single piece and which is composed of a hard component, the metal-sheet package 80 a which is inserted into the carrier 78 a , the coil 82 a which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 a , and a lamination plate cover arranged between the coil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the stator 76 a is formed as a module.
- the carrier 78 a is formed by a plastics carrier.
- the carrier 78 a is formed by a substantially rectangular-cuboidal carrier which has, on a first side, a rectangular-cuboidal recess for receiving the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the metal-sheet package 80 a has a U-shaped cross section, wherein the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a point in each case away from the carrier.
- the metal-sheet package 80 a is composed of a multiplicity of lamination plates packed side-by-side. The lamination plates are adhesively bonded, pressed, engaged with detent action, or connected in some other way in the carriers 78 a .
- the carrier 78 a has, on a rear side of the recesses, a guide groove for receiving the coil 82 a .
- the coil 82 a encloses the carrier 78 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the coil 82 a is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 a and the carrier 78 a .
- the coil 82 a is oriented in a longitudinal direction.
- the coil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a are designed to be free from contact.
- the stator 76 a For isolation of the coil 82 a relative to the metal-sheet package 80 a on a side averted from the carrier 78 a , the stator 76 a has an isolation plate (not shown in any more detail) which is arranged between the coil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the isolation plate is formed by a lamination plate cover.
- the isolation plate is composed of plastic.
- the lamination plate cover is installed by engagement with detent action, adhesive bonding or the like.
- the isolation plate protects the wire of the coil 82 a from the edges of the metal-sheet package 80 a and prevents a short circuit between the coil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a .
- the carrier 78 a of the drive unit 48 a is connected directly to the frame unit 52 a .
- the carrier 78 a is screwed to the frame unit 52 a .
- the carrier 78 a covers the rotor 58 a of the drive unit 48 a from one side.
- the carrier 78 a covers a first open side of the receiving region of the frame unit 52 a for the rotor 58 a .
- the metal-sheet package 80 a projects partially into the receiving region of the rotor 58 a .
- the metal-sheet package 80 a engages at least partially around the rotor 58 a in an assembled state.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a rotor cover 88 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a covers the rotor 58 a of the drive unit 48 a from a side situated opposite the carrier 78 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a covers a second open side of the receiving region of the frame unit 52 a for the rotor 58 a .
- the rotor 58 a is surrounded directly by the stator 76 a , the frame unit 52 a and the rotor cover 88 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a is formed by a plastics part.
- the rotor cover 88 a is fixedly connected to the frame unit 52 a
- the rotor cover 88 a is connected opposite the carrier 78 a to the frame unit 52 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a is screwed to the frame unit 52 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a is configured together with the frame unit 52 a for bearing and fixing the rotor 58 a of the drive unit 48 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a and the frame unit 52 a form in each case two semicircular spindle receptacles for receiving the rotor 58 a .
- the semicircular spindle receptacles are formed in each case by corresponding spindle receptacles which together form a complete spindle receptacle.
- the spindle receptacles are configured in each case for receiving the two spindle projections 66 a , 68 a of the rotor 58 a by means of in each case one bearing 118 a , 120 a .
- the bearings 118 a , 120 a are received in the spindle receptacles, which bearings 118 a , 120 a are in turn configured for bearing the spindle projections 66 a , 68 a of the rotor 58 a relative to the frame unit 52 a .
- the rotor 58 a is mounted between the frame unit 52 a and the rotor cover 88 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a is furthermore configured together with the frame unit 52 a for bearing and sealing off the spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a .
- the rotor cover 88 a and the frame unit 52 a form in each case one semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving a sealing ring 122 a and a bearing 124 a for the spindle 110 a .
- the spindle 110 a is mounted between the rotor cover 88 a and the frame unit 52 a .
- Various embodiments of the bearing 124 a which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable.
- the bearing 124 a it would be conceivable for the bearing 124 a to be formed in each case by a plain bearing composed of plastic or of the material iglidur.
- the rotor cover 88 a therefore extends axially from the drive unit 48 a to a point at which the spindle of the interface 24 a emerges from the housing 46 a.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a covering cap 126 a .
- the covering cap 126 a is configured for being pushed over a spindle-side end of the rotor cover 88 a and of the frame unit 52 a . In an assembled state, the covering cap 126 a engages around in each case the spindle-side end of the rotor cover 88 a and of the frame unit 52 a .
- the covering cap 126 a serves for further connection and centering of the rotor cover 88 a and of the frame unit 52 a relative to one another.
- the covering cap 126 a serves for spindle guidance of the spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a .
- the spindle 110 a is guided through the covering cap 126 a .
- the covering cap 126 a serves for sealing off a housing interior with respect to the interface 24 a .
- the covering cap 126 a serves for sealing between the housing 46 a and the frame unit 52 a .
- the covering cap 126 a comprises a sealing ring 128 a.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one stop element 84 . 1 a , 84 . 2 a .
- two stop elements 84 . 1 a , 84 . 2 a are disclosed by way of example, wherein it would basically also be possible for only one of the two stop elements 84 . 1 a , 84 . 2 a to be provided.
- the stop elements 84 . 1 a , 84 . 2 a are configured for limiting a rotation of the rotor 58 a of the drive unit 48 a out of an initial position.
- a first stop element 84 . 1 a is formed by a pin 86 a which is fixedly connected to the rotor 58 a of the drive unit 48 a .
- the pin 86 a is inserted radially into an opening 130 a of the rotor 58 a .
- the pin 86 a is inserted radially into an opening 130 a of the second spindle projection 68 a .
- the pin 86 a is arranged in a positionally fixed manner on the rotor 58 a and projects partially radially out of the rotor 58 a . Furthermore, the pin 58 a is, by way of one end, mounted elastically on the frame unit 52 a . The pin 58 a is, by way of a free end, mounted elastically on the frame unit 52 a . The pin 58 a is, by way of an end averted from the rotor 58 a , mounted by means of an elastic sleeve 132 a in an opening 131 a of the frame unit 52 a . The sleeve 132 a is formed for example by a silicone sleeve. In principle, however, some other embodiment that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. The stop positions or a maximum angle is defined here by means of the size of the opening 131 a in the frame unit 52 a.
- a second stop element 84 . 2 a is implemented integrally with the rotor cover 88 a .
- the second stop element 84 . 2 a forms a projection which is implemented integrally with the rotor cover 88 a and which faces toward the rotor 58 a .
- the shape of the second stop element 84 . 2 a is adapted to the end positions of the rotor 58 a .
- the second stop element 84 . 2 a serves as a stop for the base body 64 a of the cage element 60 a and/or for the covers 70 a , 70 a ′ of the rotor 58 a .
- the second stop element 84 .
- 2 a is formed by a protuberance in the rotor cover 88 a . It would however basically also be conceivable for the second stop element 84 . 2 a to be formed by a separate component which is fastened to the rotor cover 88 a.
- the stop elements 84 . 1 a , 84 . 2 a and the corresponding delimiting counterpart elements, that is to say in particular the openings 130 a , 131 a and the cover 70 a ′, are selected/shaped such that a movement out of a zero position is possible only to an extent of 3° to 12°, preferably of 4° to 8°, to each side.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 a has an energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a which is received in the housing 46 a and which serves for supplying energy to the drive unit 48 a .
- the frame unit 52 a receives the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a is arranged on a side of the drive unit 48 a averted from the interface 24 a .
- the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a is clamped radially by lateral holding arms of the frame unit 52 a . Furthermore, a longitudinal displacement of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 .
- the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the drive unit 48 a .
- the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a is embodied as an accumulator, in particular an NiMh accumulator and/or an Li-ion accumulator.
- a different embodiment of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example as a battery, would also be conceivable.
- a first proposed energy store 50 . 1 a is formed by a single energy storage cell.
- the first proposed energy store 50 . 1 a is embodied as an AA energy storage cell.
- a second proposed energy store 50 . 2 a is formed by three energy storage cells which are connected by means of a frame 134 a of the energy store 50 . 2 a .
- the frame 52 a is, with slight modifications, suitable for receiving both energy stores 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- the frame unit 52 a is configured both for receiving a single AA energy storage cell and for receiving three AAA energy storage cells in the frame 134 a .
- the frame 134 a is configured for connecting the three energy storage cells in series. The series connection is realized by means of plates which constitute the contact points with respect to the energy storage cells.
- An axial extent of the frame 134 a corresponds to an axial extent of the individual AA energy storage cells.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a furthermore has a charging coil 54 a for charging of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- Charging of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a directly by means of a plug-in connection would however basically also be conceivable.
- the charging coil 54 a is implemented of an induction coil.
- the charging coil 54 a is received in the fix frame unit 52 a .
- the frame unit 52 a has a receiving region for receiving the charging coil 54 a in a positionally fixed manner.
- the charging coil 54 a is held and clamped from the outside by the frame unit 52 a .
- the frame unit 52 a has at least two to five, preferably at least three to four, holding arms 55 a , which are formed integrally on a base body of the frame unit 52 a and which secure the position of the charging coil 54 a both radially and axially.
- the frame unit 52 a preferably has, for example, exactly four holding arms. Some other number of holding elements that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art, in particular also of more than five, is however basically also conceivable.
- the charging coil 54 a is installed in particular along the longitudinal axis.
- the charging coil 54 a is arranged on a side of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a which is averted from the drive unit 48 a .
- the charging coil 54 a is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a and the drive unit 48 a . Furthermore, in an assembled state, the lid 113 a engages into the charging coil 54 a in order to make it possible for a ferrite core of a charging unit to be positioned in the coil.
- the charging coil 54 a has in particular an inner diameter of 6 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 8 mm to 15 mm, and an outer diameter of 12 mm to 19 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 17 mm. Furthermore, the charging coil 54 a has in particular a height of 4 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 10 mm.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has a circuit board 56 a .
- the circuit board 56 a is configured for controlling the drive unit 48 a .
- the circuit board 56 a is configured for activating the drive unit 48 a in sinusoidal fashion during operation.
- the circuit board 56 a is coupled to the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a is connected by means of lines via the circuit board 56 a , on which the controller is integrated, to the drive unit 48 a itself.
- the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′ are arranged fixedly in the rotor 58 a and are installed by means of the covers 70 a , 70 d , which optimize the field formed by the magnets 62 a , 62 a ′.
- the rotor 58 a is mounted rotatably within the metal-sheet package 80 a . Owing to the polarization of the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a , the rotor 58 a with the magnets 62 a , 26 a ′ seeks to realign in the field, giving rise to a movement. If the polarity of the ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a is reversed, then the rotor 58 a seeks to rotate in the other direction. This gives rise to an oscillating back-and-forth movement of the rotor 58 a .
- the resetting spring 72 a on the rotary spindle ensures the return of the rotor 58 a into a zero position, and it furthermore ensures softer movement transitions when the polarity changes. Overall, the resetting spring 72 a is required in order that the movements are possible in the first place, because the forces resulting from the polarization would otherwise be so great that no oscillation would be possible.
- What the circuit board 56 a controls are the energy pulses fed to the drive unit 48 a . These variables are specifically adapted to the present drive or to the product. In order that smooth running of the drive unit 48 a is achieved, the drive unit 48 a is activated in sinusoidal fashion and not with pulses and intervals.
- the circuit board 56 a is coupled to the charging coil 54 a .
- the circuit board 56 a is configured for controlling a charging process of the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- the circuit board 56 a has an actuating element 136 a which can be actuated through the base body 112 a of the housing 46 a and which serves for an activation and/or deactivation of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the actuating element 136 a is configured for being actuated through the overmold 114 a of the housing 46 a .
- Also provided on the circuit board 56 a are further elements such as, in particular, lines, resistors, LEDs and/or a control unit.
- the circuit board 56 a is furthermore partially received in positively locking fashion by the frame unit 52 a and extends over a major part of the axial extent of the frame unit 52 a .
- the circuit board 56 a extends at least over the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a and the drive unit 48 a of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the frame unit 52 a has multiple hook-like positive-locking elements 138 a , which are configured for partially engaging over the circuit board 56 a in an assembled state.
- the circuit board 56 a has, on an outer edge, recesses 140 a which correspond to the positive-locking elements 138 a and via which the circuit board 56 a can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-locking elements 138 a into an end position.
- the circuit board 56 a is preferably mounted onto the frame unit 52 a in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein the circuit board 56 a can be guided past the positive-locking elements 138 a by means of the recesses 140 a .
- the circuit board 56 a is subsequently pushed under the positive-locking elements 138 a and thereby fixed.
- the circuit board 56 a has separate small cutouts (not visible in any more detail) for the detent engagement in the end position.
- the positive-locking elements 138 a additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold the circuit board 56 a in non-positively locking fashion.
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has a stop with a ramp, which serves for exact positioning of the circuit board 56 a.
- Tolerances between the frame unit 52 a and its components and the housing 46 a must be compensated for in order that firstly the actuating element 136 a , in the assembled state, is in the correct position for the actuation through the housing 46 a , but secondly also the charging coil 54 a is situated optimally in order that the inductive charging process attains an optimum efficiency. Furthermore, tolerances must be compensated in order that the frame unit 52 a is seated firmly in the housing 46 a and no noises are generated during operation.
- the length compensation for the compensation of tolerances may be realized through the installation of a compressible length compensation element 57 a , for example composed of a compressible plastic, which is fitted for example between charging coil 54 a and frame unit 52 a . It would however furthermore also be possible for elastic elements to be integrated on the frame unit 52 a in order to ensure the length compensation. By way of example, flexible elements which are placed under stress, that is to say bent, when the lid 113 a is installed.
- the frame unit 52 a may be divided into multiple zones.
- the frame unit 52 a has a coil zone.
- the coil zone forms the first zone as viewed from below, and serves for directly receiving, and for the direct installation of, the charging coil 54 a .
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has an accumulator zone.
- the accumulator zone directly adjoins the coil zone and is configured for receiving the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a .
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has a spring zone.
- the spring zone directly adjoins the accumulator zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the resetting spring 72 a and the fixing element 74 a .
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has an oscillating armature zone.
- the oscillating armature zone directly adjoins the spring zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the drive unit 48 a .
- the frame unit 52 a is of continuously open form in the region of the oscillating armature zone.
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has a spindle zone.
- the spindle zone directly adjoins the oscillating armature zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the interface 24 a or the spindle 110 a of the interface 24 a .
- the frame unit 52 a furthermore has a print zone.
- the print zone is arranged on a front side of the frame unit and is configured for receiving the circuit board 56 a.
- Fitting of items into the frame unit 52 a is performed substantially via a rear side. Only the circuit board 56 a and the stator 76 a are installed from the front. Furthermore, the charging coil 54 a and a connecting cap are installed along the longitudinal axis. The drive unit 48 a and the energy store 50 . 1 a ; 50 . 2 a are installed from a rear side of the frame unit 52 a.
- the frame unit 52 a is clamped in the housing 46 a .
- the frame unit 52 a has detent lugs which engage into detent recesses of the housing 46 a .
- the lid 113 a is fixed to the housing 46 a and thus fixes and closes off the internal parts.
- the lid 113 a may be both screwed and for example locked by means of a bayonet fastener to the housing 46 a.
- FIGS. 19 to 22 show an electric toothbrush 90 a with the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a and with the brush attachment 10 a in an attached state. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures.
- the correct installation is ensured by means of the shape of the spindle 110 a .
- the operator knows for example where the front is, in particular by means of the bristles on the brush attachment 10 a and by means of the design of the toothbrush handpiece 12 a .
- the geometry in the interior of the brush attachment 10 a leads to accurate and correct installation owing to the different steps and profiles of the interface receptacle 20 a and ultimately by means of the guidance of the two flattened portions of the spindle 110 a at the front and at the rear.
- a free end of the spindle 110 a serves as a stop.
- the brush attachment 10 a it is possible to fill the cavity of the interface receptacle 20 a in the region in which the spindle 110 a emerges from the handpiece housing. This may be realized for example by means of the formation of a journal around the spindle 110 a , wherein said journal may be designed as a continuation of the covering cap 126 a . It is furthermore also possible to fill the cavity with a part which is fitted over the spindle 110 a . It is possible here for the part to be mounted reversibly or irreversibly on the spindle.
- the brush attachment 10 a has a stop in the event of loading. In this way, the forces of the loading are, during use, diverted also to the housing and/or the frame unit rather than the spindle, such that the drive unit is relieved of load.
- FIGS. 45 to 59 A further exemplary embodiment of the invention is shown in FIGS. 45 to 59 .
- the following descriptions are restricted substantially to the differences between the exemplary embodiments, wherein, with regard to unmodified components, features and functions, reference may be made to the description of the exemplary embodiment of FIGS. 1 to 44 .
- the alphabetic character a in the reference designations of the exemplary embodiment in FIGS. 1 to 44 has been replaced by the alphabetic character b in the reference designations of the exemplary embodiment of FIGS. 45 to 59 .
- identically designated components in particular with regard to components with identical reference designations, reference may basically also be made to the drawings and/or the description of the exemplary embodiment of FIGS. 1 to 59 .
- FIGS. 45 to 52 show an alternative design variant of an interface receptacle 20 b or of a clamping unit 28 b of a brush attachment 10 b .
- the external shape of the brush attachment 10 b does not visually change if it is overmolded.
- a base body 26 b of the brush attachment 10 b however has a different appearance.
- the clamping unit 28 b has an at least partially freestanding clamping wall 30 b , 3013 ′ which directly adjoins the interface receptacle 20 b .
- the clamping unit 28 b has two partially freestanding clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ which directly adjoin the interface receptacle 20 b on opposite sides.
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ adjoin in each case one side of the interface receptacle 20 b .
- the first partial receptacle region 36 b of the interface receptacle 20 b is delimited to two opposite sides by the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are partially free-standing relative to a remaining part of the base body 26 b .
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are partially set free in relation to the remaining part of the base body 26 b by means of slots and apertures with respect to the interface receptacle 20 b , which slots and apertures extend in each case parallel to the longitudinal axis.
- the slots are arranged behind the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′, whereas the apertures are arranged adjacent to the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ and open into the interface receptacle 20 b .
- the slot is shaped such that, in a first part, the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are of identical shape to the first embodiment.
- the slot then continues in tapering fashion in the direction of the head portion, that is to say the height of the wall or the depth of the slot decreases to zero.
- the total length of the slots and of the apertures amounts to 10.5 mm to 14.5 mm, preferably 11 mm to 13 mm. The further dimensions remain the same as in the first embodiment.
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are configured for being deflected radially outward when the brush attachment 10 b is attached to a toothbrush handpiece 12 b .
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ of the clamping unit 28 b extend axially in an insertion direction 102 b of an interface 24 b beyond the narrowing 42 b of the first partial receptacle region 36 b .
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ of the clamping unit 28 b are, in the insertion direction 102 b , arranged axially behind a narrowing 100 b of the second partial receptacle region 38 b .
- An overmold 32 b directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b c in each case in at least one plane 34 b .
- the overmold 32 b encloses the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ in each case in a radial direction on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 b .
- the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are delimited to two sides by the overmold 32 b .
- the overmold 32 b is situated behind the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the base body 26 b has, behind the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 b , in each case one two-stage recess which becomes narrower toward the inside and wider toward the outside.
- the overmold 32 b In a region of the apertures of the base body 26 b which have been formed by injection molding by means of the overmold 32 b , the overmold 32 b directly adjoins the interface receptacle 20 b .
- the overmold 32 b serves for cushioning an elastic deflection of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the contact surfaces of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ are of smooth form.
- the partially free-standing clamping web 104 b is designed as a clamping bridge 142 b .
- the clamping bridge 142 b is identified by the fact that it is of elastic form like the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the clamping bridge 142 b is of elastic form. In this way, it can contribute to the clamping force and lead to an increased pulling-off force.
- the clamping web 104 b is designed to be less thick in a radial direction, it takes the form of a clamping bridge 142 b , which is connected only at the front and at the rear to the body of the base body 26 b and which is otherwise laterally set free by means of the apertures.
- the clamping bridge 142 b is formed parallel to the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the material thickness of the clamping bridge 142 b is in the range of that of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b′.
- the clamping bridge 142 b is arranged axially at the height of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the clamping bridge 142 b delimits the first partial receptacle region 36 b of the interface receptacle 20 b to a third side.
- the clamping bridge 142 b of the clamping unit 28 b extends axially in an insertion direction 102 b of the interface 24 b beyond the narrowing 42 b of the first partial receptacle region 36 b .
- the overmold 32 b directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clamping bridge 142 b in at least one plane 34 b .
- the overmold 32 b encloses the clamping bridge 142 b in a radial direction on a side averted from the interface receptacle 20 b.
- a clamping force imparted by the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′ and the clamping bridge 142 b is basically dependent on the spindle construction or on the geometry of a spindle 110 b and the dimensions of the spindle 110 b . Clamping occurs not by means of punctiform contact but by means of areal contact of the parts on three or four sides. Three sides are equipped with flexible clamping elements, whereas the fourth side is designed without flexibility. Clamping by means of the clamping bridge 142 b is thus generated in parallel with the lateral clamping by means of the clamping walls 30 b , 30 b ′.
- the desired clamping force of the clamping unit 28 b lies in the range of that of the first embodiment.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 b has a fix frame unit 52 b arranged in the housing 46 b and has an additional frame unit 144 b of a charging coil 54 b .
- the frame unit 52 b with installed frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b has been pushed into the housing 46 b .
- the frame unit 52 b is implemented as a single piece, whereas the frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b is installed thereon.
- the frame unit 52 b with installed frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b extends axially over a major part of the housing 46 b .
- the frame unit 52 b and frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b are formed by a plastics frame.
- the frame unit 52 b and frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b are composed of plastic, preferably a polypropylene. Some other embodiment of the frame unit 52 b and/or frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable.
- the frame unit 52 b with installed frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b furthermore has various geometries, arranged adjacently in a line, for receiving different components of the internal parts of the toothbrush handpiece 12 b .
- the frame unit 52 b has apertures and slots for cables and for the purposes of reducing weight.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 b has a drive unit 48 b for driving the interface 24 b , which is received in the housing 46 b .
- the drive unit 48 b is configured for driving the spindle 110 b of the interface 24 b .
- the drive unit 48 b is formed by a motor.
- the drive unit 48 b is implemented of an oscillating armature motor.
- the frame unit 52 b at least partially receives the drive unit 48 b .
- the frame unit 52 b fully receives the drive unit 48 b .
- the drive unit 48 b is installed directly in the frame unit 52 b . In particular, no separate motor assembly is provided.
- the drive unit 48 b has a rotor 58 b .
- the rotor 58 b is configured for performing an oscillating movement.
- the rotor 58 b has an integrally formed cage element 60 b .
- the cage element 60 b is configured for receiving at least one magnet 62 b , 62 b ′
- the cage element 60 b is configured for receiving two magnets 62 b , 62 b ′.
- the magnets 62 b , 62 b ′ are formed in each case by permanent magnets.
- the cage element 60 b has in each case one receiving region for receiving the magnets 62 b, 62 b ′.
- the cage element 60 b has a base body 64 b , which comprises the at least one receiving region, and spindle projections 66 b , 68 b which are arranged to both sides of the base body 64 b and which form a rotary spindle of the rotor 58 b .
- the spindle projections 66 b , 68 b are arranged in each case on opposite sides of the base body 64 b .
- a first spindle projection 66 b is arranged on a side of the base body 64 b averted from the interface 24 b .
- a second spindle projection 68 b is arranged on a side of the base body 64 b facing toward the interface 24 b .
- the second spindle projection 68 b is coupled directly to the interface.
- the second spindle projection 68 b is configured for rotationally conjointly receiving the spindle 110 b of the interface 24 b .
- the spindle 110 b can be received for example by means of an interference fit, by adhesive bonding or by welding.
- the rotor 58 b has at least one cover 70 b , 70 b ′ which is configured for closing off the receptacle regions of the cage element 60 b .
- the rotor 58 b has at least two covers 70 b , 70 b ′ which are configured in each case for closing off one side of the receiving regions of the cage element 60 b and which in particular simultaneously also serve for diverting the magnetic field.
- the receiving regions are in each case open to two opposite sides and are closed off by means of the covers 70 b , 70 b ′ after the magnets 62 b , 26 b ′ have been inserted.
- the covers 70 b , 70 b ′ are in each case screwed onto, adhesively bonded to or screwed to the base body 64 b of the cage element 60 b , or are fastened as described above by being clamped clicked in.
- it is preferably firstly the case that the first cover 70 b is connected to the base body 64 b , the magnets 62 b , 62 b ′ are subsequently inserted, and thereafter the second cover 70 b ′ is connected to the base body 64 b .
- Bearings 118 b , 120 b for the bearing of the rotor 58 b are subsequently installed.
- the rotor 58 b is received by means of its bearings 118 b , 120 b in a receiving region of the frame unit 52 b .
- the receiving region for the rotor 58 b is open to two opposite sides.
- the covers 70 b , 70 b ′ are configured for covering the magnets 62 b , 62 b ′ and for distributing a magnetic field of the magnets 62 b , 62 b′.
- the drive unit 48 b has a resetting unit.
- the resetting unit is of two-part construction.
- the resetting unit is configured for resetting a rotor 58 b into an initial position.
- the resetting unit is coupled rotationally conjointly to a first spindle projection 66 b of the rotor 58 b and is supported elastically on the frame unit 52 b .
- the resetting unit has a shaft wing 146 b which is installed directly axially on a first spindle projection 66 b of the rotor 58 b .
- the resetting unit has an elastic spring and damping element 148 b which is arranged between the shaft wing 146 b and the frame unit 52 b .
- the resetting unit is formed by the shaft wing 146 b and the spring and damping element 148 b.
- the shaft wing 146 b is fitted with its opening, a blind hole, on the first spindle projection 66 b of the rotor 58 b and coupled to the latter.
- the dovetail-shaped geometry as can also be seen in FIG. 57 , dives rise to a rotationally conjoint connection of the shaft wing 146 b to the first spindle projection 66 b of the cage element 60 b .
- the connection is preferably implemented as an interference fit, though it is also conceivable for the connection not to be rigid and for no further axial securing other than the radial rotational securing to be realized, because slippage in an axial direction is prevented in the interaction of the further components.
- the shaft wing 146 b lies on the spring and damping element 148 b and is connected to the latter.
- the elastic spring and damping element 148 b is connected fixedly to the shaft wing 146 b .
- the spring and damping element 148 b lies in turn on the frame unit 52 b , such that, in the assembled state of all of the elements, the resetting unit is formed by the interaction of the stated elements.
- the spring and damping element 148 b is in particular fixed in a rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit 52 b .
- the resetting unit lies against the frame unit 52 b .
- the spring and damping element 148 b is configured for generating a resetting force in the event of a deflection of the shaft wing 146 b in a circumferential direction out of a rest position.
- the elastic spring and damping element 148 b furthermore, in an installed state, has a preload in relation to the frame unit 52 b , wherein the frame unit 52 b forms a support surface for the spring and damping element 148 b .
- the shaft wing 146 b is preferably formed from a rigid hard component, whereas the spring and damping element 148 b is formed preferably from a soft component, preferably a silicone, with a Shore A hardness of 25 Shore A to 75 Shore A, preferably of 35 Shore A to 65 Shore A.
- This arrangement has the effect that, when the rotor 58 b is deflected, the shaft wing 146 b likewise deflects, and thus presses the spring and damping element 148 b onto the frame unit 52 b . When the forces for the deflection are withdrawn, the spring and damping element 148 b pushes the shaft wing 146 b back into the zero position again.
- the zero position is defined as a position without deflection of the drive.
- the spring and damping element 148 b may also, in the case of a different construction, be fixed to an element other than the frame unit 52 b ; for example, the spring and damping element 148 b may bear against or be fixed to a housing, which serves as a fixed point of the application.
- the shaft wing 146 b would thus be fitted onto a spindle, and the spring and damping element 148 b would bear against/be fixed to the housing.
- the spring and damping element 148 b and the shaft wing 146 b do not imperatively need to be connected to one another in order that they can perform their action.
- the resetting in the application is possible by means of the fixed point given by the housing.
- the resetting unit thus formed is in particular configured for performing a rotation of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°.
- the elastic spring and damping element 148 b limits a rotation of the shaft wing 146 b to a rotational angle of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°.
- the drive unit 48 b has a stator 76 b .
- the stator 76 b comprises a carrier 78 b which is implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package 80 b which is inserted into the carrier 78 b , and a coil 82 b which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the stator 76 b comprises the carrier 78 b which is implemented as a single piece and which is composed of a hard component, the metal-sheet package 80 b which is inserted into the carrier 78 b , the coil 82 b which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 b , and a lamination plate cover arranged between the coil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the stator 76 b is formed as a module.
- the carrier 78 b is formed by a plastics carrier.
- the carrier 78 b is formed by a substantially rectangular-cuboidal carrier which has, on a first side, a rectangular-cuboidal recess for receiving the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the metal-sheet package 80 b has a U-shaped cross section, wherein the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b point in each case away from the carrier.
- the metal-sheet package 80 b is composed of a multiplicity of lamination plates packed side-by-side. The lamination plates are adhesively bonded, pressed, engaged with detent action, or connected in some other way in the carriers 78 b .
- the carrier 78 b has, on a rear side of the recesses, a guide groove for receiving the coil 82 b .
- the coil 82 b encloses the carrier 78 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the coil 82 b is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 b and the carrier 78 b .
- the coil 82 b is oriented in a longitudinal direction.
- the coil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b are designed to be free from contact.
- the stator 76 b has an isolation plate (not shown in any more detail) which is arranged between the coil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the isolation plate is formed by a lamination plate cover.
- the isolation plate is composed of plastic.
- the lamination plate cover is installed by engagement with detent action, adhesive bonding or the like. The isolation plate protects the wire of the coil 82 b from the edges of the metal-sheet package 80 b and prevents a short circuit between the coil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b .
- the carrier 78 b of the drive unit 48 b is connected directly to the frame unit 52 b .
- the carrier 78 b is screwed to the frame unit 52 b .
- the carrier 78 b covers the rotor 58 b of the drive unit 48 b from one side.
- the carrier 78 b covers a first open side of the receiving region of the frame unit 52 b for the rotor 58 b .
- the metal-sheet package 80 b projects partially into the receiving region of the rotor 58 b .
- the metal-sheet package 80 b engages at least partially around the rotor 58 b in an assembled state.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has a rotor cover 88 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b covers the rotor 58 b of the drive unit 48 b from a side situated opposite the carrier 78 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b covers a second open side of the receiving region of the frame unit 52 b for the rotor 58 b .
- the rotor 58 b is surrounded directly by the stator 76 b , the frame unit 52 b and the rotor cover 88 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b is formed by a plastics part.
- the rotor cover 88 b is fixedly connected to the frame unit 52 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b is connected opposite the carrier 78 b to the frame unit 52 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b is screwed to the frame unit 52 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b is configured together with the frame unit 52 b for bearing and fixing the rotor 58 b of the drive unit 48 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b and the frame unit 52 b form in each case two semicircular spindle receptacles for receiving the rotor 58 b .
- the semicircular spindle receptacles are formed in each case by corresponding spindle receptacles which together form a complete spindle receptacle.
- the spindle receptacles are configured in each case for receiving the two spindle projections 66 b , 68 b of the rotor 58 b by means of in each case one bearing 118 b , 120 b .
- the bearings 118 b , 120 b are received in the spindle receptacles, which bearings 118 b , 120 b are in turn configured for bearing the spindle projections 66 b , 68 b of the rotor 58 b relative to the frame unit 52 b .
- the rotor 58 b is mounted between the frame unit 52 b and the rotor cover 88 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b is furthermore configured together with the frame unit 52 b for bearing and sealing off the spindle 110 b of the interface 24 b .
- the rotor cover 88 b and the frame unit 52 b form in each case one semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving a sealing ring 122 b and a bearing 124 b for the spindle 110 b .
- the spindle 110 b is mounted between the rotor cover 88 b and the frame unit 52 b .
- Various embodiments of the bearing 124 b which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable.
- the bearing 124 b it would be conceivable for the bearing 124 b to be formed in each case by a plain bearing composed of plastic or of the material iglidur.
- the rotor cover 88 b therefore extends axially from the drive unit 48 b to a point at which the spindle of the interface 24 b emerges from the housing 46 b.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has a covering cap 126 b .
- the covering cap 126 b is configured for being pushed over a spindle-side end of the rotor cover 88 b and of the frame unit 52 b .
- the covering cap 126 b engages around in each case the spindle-side end of the rotor cover 88 b and of the frame unit 52 b .
- the covering cap 126 b serves for further connection and centering of the rotor cover 88 b and of the frame unit 52 b relative to one another.
- the covering cap 126 b serves for spindle guidance of the spindle 110 b of the interface 24 b .
- the spindle 110 b is guided through the covering cap 126 b .
- the covering cap 126 b serves for sealing off a housing interior with respect to the interface 24 b .
- the covering cap 126 b serves for sealing between the housing 46 b and the frame unit 52 b .
- the covering cap 126 b comprises a sealing ring 128 b.
- the resetting unit composed of shaft wing 146 b and spring and damping element 148 b , serves as stop element.
- the stop element is configured for limiting a rotation of the rotor 58 b of the drive unit 48 b out of an initial position.
- the stop element forms in each case one end stop of the rotor 58 b in the case of an oscillating drive movement.
- this present stop element may also be combined with further stop elements, such as are provided for example in conjunction with the first embodiment of the invention.
- the toothbrush handpiece 12 b has an energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 which is received in the housing 46 b and which serves for supplying energy to the drive unit 48 b .
- the frame unit 52 b receives the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 at one end in a longitudinal direction.
- the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 is arranged on a side of the drive unit 48 b averted from the interface 24 b .
- the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 is guided—in this case not clamped—radially by lateral holding arms of the frame unit 52 b .
- the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the drive unit 48 b .
- the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 is embodied as an accumulator, in particular a NiMh accumulator and/or a Li-ion accumulator. In principle, however, a different embodiment of the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example as a battery, would also be conceivable.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b furthermore has a charging coil 54 b for charging of the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 .
- Charging of the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 directly by means of a plug-in connection would however basically also be conceivable.
- the charging coil 54 b is implemented of an induction coil.
- the charging coil 54 b is received in the fix frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b and is fixed by means thereof to the frame unit 52 b .
- the frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b has a receiving region for receiving the charging coil 54 b in a positionally fixed manner.
- the charging coil 54 b is held from the outside by the frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b and is held in longitudinal position by means of the compensation element. The position of the charging coil 54 b is thus secured both radially and axially.
- the charging coil 54 b is installed in particular along the longitudinal axis.
- the charging coil 54 b is arranged on a side of the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 which is averted from the drive unit 48 b .
- the charging coil 54 b is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 and the drive unit 48 b .
- the lid 113 b engages into the charging coil 54 b in order to make it possible for a ferrite core of a charging unit to be positioned in the coil.
- the charging coil 54 b has in particular an inner diameter of 6 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 8 mm to 15 mm, and an outer diameter of 12 mm to 19 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 17 mm.
- the charging coil 54 b has in particular a height of 4 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 10 mm.
- the electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has a circuit board 56 b .
- the circuit board 56 b is configured for controlling the drive unit 48 b .
- the circuit board 56 b is configured for activating the drive unit 48 b in sinusoidal fashion during operation.
- the circuit board 56 b is coupled to the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 .
- the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 is connected by means of lines via the circuit board 56 b , on which the controller is integrated, to the drive unit 48 b itself.
- the magnets 62 b , 62 b ′ are arranged fixedly in the rotor 58 b and are installed by means of the covers 70 b , 70 b ′, which optimize the field formed by the magnets 62 b , 62 b ′.
- the rotor 58 b is mounted rotatably within the metal-sheet package 80 b . Owing to the polarization of the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b , the rotor 58 b with the magnets 62 b , 26 b ′ seeks to realign in the field, giving rise to a movement. If the polarity of the ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b is reversed, then the rotor 58 b seeks to rotate in the other direction. This gives rise to an oscillating back-and-forth movement of the rotor 58 b .
- the resetting unit on the rotary spindle ensures the return of the rotor 58 b into a zero position, and it furthermore ensures softer movement transitions when the polarity changes. Overall, the resetting unit is required in order that the movements are possible in the first place, because the forces resulting from the polarization would otherwise be so great that no oscillation would be possible.
- What the circuit board 56 b controls are the energy pulses fed to the drive unit 48 b . These variables are specifically adapted to the present drive or to the product. In order that smooth running of the drive unit 48 b is achieved, the drive unit 48 b is activated in sinusoidal fashion and not with pulses and intervals.
- the circuit board 56 b is coupled to the charging coil 54 b .
- the circuit board 56 b is configured for controlling a charging process of the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 .
- the circuit board 56 b has an actuating element 136 b which can be actuated through a base body 112 b of the housing 46 b and which serves for an activation and/or deactivation of the toothbrush handpiece 12 b .
- the actuating element 136 b is configured for being actuated through an overmold 114 b of the housing 46 b .
- Also provided on the circuit board 56 b are further elements such as, in particular, lines, resistors, LEDs and/or a control unit.
- the circuit board 56 b is furthermore partially received in positively locking fashion by the frame unit 52 b and extends over a major part of the axial extent of the frame unit 52 b .
- the circuit board 56 b extends at least over the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 and the drive unit 48 b of the toothbrush handpiece 12 b .
- the frame unit 52 b has multiple hook-like positive-locking elements 138 b , which are configured for partially engaging over the circuit board 56 b in an assembled state.
- the circuit board 56 b has, on an outer edge, recesses 140 b which correspond to the positive-locking elements 138 b and via which the circuit board 56 b can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-locking elements 138 b into an end position.
- the circuit board 56 b is preferably mounted onto the frame unit 52 b in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein the circuit board 56 b can be guided past the positive-locking elements 138 b by means of the recesses 140 b .
- the circuit board 56 b is subsequently pushed under the positive-locking elements 138 b and thereby fixed.
- the circuit board 56 b has separate small cutouts (not visible in any more detail) for the detent engagement in the end position.
- the positive-locking elements 138 b additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold the circuit board 56 b in non-positively locking fashion.
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has a stop with a ramp, which serves for exact positioning of the circuit board 56 b.
- Tolerances between the frame unit 52 b and its components and the housing 46 b must be compensated for in order that firstly the actuating element 136 b , in the assembled state, is in the correct position for the actuation through the housing 46 b , but secondly also the charging coil 54 b is situated optimally in order that the inductive charging process attains an optimum efficiency. Furthermore, tolerances must be compensated in order that the frame unit 52 b and the frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b are seated firmly, in particular without play, in the housing 46 b and no noises are generated during operation.
- the length compensation for the compensation of tolerances may be realized by means of the compensation element, composed for example of a compressible plastic, as is fitted for example between charging coil 54 b and energy store 50 b . 1 , 50 . 2 . It would however furthermore also be possible for elastic elements to be integrated on the frame unit 52 b in order to ensure the length compensation.
- the compensation element composed for example of a compressible plastic, as is fitted for example between charging coil 54 b and energy store 50 b . 1 , 50 . 2 .
- elastic elements to be integrated on the frame unit 52 b in order to ensure the length compensation.
- flexible elements which are placed under stress, that is to say bent, when a lid 113 b is installed.
- the frame unit 52 b with installed frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b can be divided into multiple zones.
- the frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b has a coil zone.
- the coil zone forms the first zone as viewed from below, and serves for directly receiving, and for the direct installation of, the charging coil 54 b .
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has an accumulator zone.
- the accumulator zone directly adjoins the coil zone and is configured for receiving the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 .
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has a spring zone.
- the spring zone directly adjoins the accumulator zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the resetting unit.
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has an oscillating armature zone.
- the oscillating armature zone directly adjoins the spring zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the drive unit 48 b .
- the frame unit 52 b is of continuously open form in the region of the oscillating armature zone.
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has a spindle zone.
- the spindle zone directly adjoins the oscillating armature zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the interface 24 b or the spindle 110 b of the interface 24 b .
- the frame unit 52 b furthermore has a print zone.
- the print zone is arranged on a front side of the frame unit and is configured for receiving the circuit board 56 b.
- Fitting of items into the frame unit 52 b is performed substantially via a rear side. Only the circuit board 56 b and the stator 76 b are installed from the front. Furthermore, the charging coil 54 b and a connecting cap are installed along the longitudinal axis. The drive unit 48 b and the energy store 50 b . 1 ; 50 . 2 are installed from a rear side of the frame unit 52 b.
- the frame unit 52 b with installed frame unit 144 b of the charging coil 54 b is clamped in the housing 46 b .
- the frame unit 52 b has detent lugs which engage into detent recesses of the housing 46 b .
- the lid 113 b is fixed to the housing 46 b and thus fixes and closes off the internal parts.
- the lid 113 b may be both screwed and for example locked by means of a bayonet fastener to the housing 46 b.
- FIGS. 57 to 59 show further details relating to the shaft wing 146 b and relating to the spring and damping element 148 b.
- the shaft wing 146 b is of cross-shaped form in plan view. In the center, there is formed a cylindrical body which, in an axial direction, is equipped with a blind hole 150 b with dovetail-shaped cross section. This geometry later serves for receiving the spindle projection 66 b of the rotor 58 b .
- Wings 152 b , 152 b ′′ are also formed laterally and so as to be situated (symmetrically) opposite one another by 180° in relation to the spindle.
- the wings 152 b , 152 b ′ are equipped with a passage hole 154 b , 154 b c.
- a projection 156 b Opposite the blind hole 150 b in an axial direction, there is formed a projection 156 b which, in the installed state, prevents the axial displacement within the assembly.
- a snap-action lug is formed on the rotor 58 b and a snap-action ring 158 b is formed on the shaft wing 146 b.
- the projection 156 b has a diameter of 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the length of the projection 156 b amounts to 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the blind hole 150 b has a depth of 7 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 12 mm.
- the width of the shaft wing 146 b measured across the wings 152 b , 152 b ′, amounts to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm.
- the outer diameter of the cylindrical body amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm.
- the spring and damping element 148 b is, in cross section, formed as a semicircular element with lateral flanges 160 b , 160 b ′. On its underside, the element has, on the flanges 160 b , 160 b ′, two projections which, in the assembled state, lie on the frame unit 52 b . The elasticity or a degree of deformability is given by way of projections being realized. Projections 162 b , 162 b ′ are likewise formed on the top side, which projections are formed on the flanges 160 b , 160 b ′ adjacent to the geometry for receiving the shaft wing 146 b .
- projections 162 b , 162 b ′ are installed into the passage holes 154 b , 154 b ′ of the shaft wing 146 b and hold the two parts together.
- the projections 162 b , 162 b ′ have undercuts that realize this.
- the inner geometry of the spring and damping element 148 b is in particular adapted to the outer geometry of the shaft wing 146 b .
- the geometry is selected such that the required partial rotation of the shaft wing 146 b is possible.
- the spring and damping element 148 b has a length (direction of the drive spindle in the assembled state) of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably 5 to 6.5 mm.
- the width perpendicular thereto amounts to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm.
- the projections on the bottom side have a height of 1 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm.
- the projections 162 b , 162 b ′ on the top side have a height of 1.5 mm to 4 mm, preferably of 2 mm to 3.5 mm.
- the inner diameter on the spring and damping element 148 b amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm.
- the inner diameter on the spring and damping element 148 b and the outer diameter of the cylindrical part of the shaft wing 146 b are coordinated with one another such that the partial rotation is possible without generating friction losses.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Brushes (AREA)
Abstract
An electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, at least one housing, at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit. The electric toothbrush handpiece includes at least one fix frame unit which is arranged in the housing and which is implemented as a single piece and which at least partially receives the drive unit and the energy store, wherein the frame unit forms multiple receptacle regions at least for the drive unit and the energy store, which receptacle regions are positioned in a defined manner relative to one another in particular both in an assembled state and in an unassembled state of the frame unit, wherein the frame unit extends axially over the entire drive unit and the entire energy store.
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/755,640 filed Apr. 13, 2020, which in turn is a U.S. national stage application of PCT/EP2018/077787 filed Oct. 11, 2018, which claims priority under 35 U.S.C. 119 from European Patent Application No. 17195869.7 filed on Oct. 11, 2017. The entire contents of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference.
- The invention relates to an electric toothbrush handpiece, and to an electric toothbrush having the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment.
- Brush attachments for a toothbrush handpiece, electric toothbrush handpieces and electric toothbrushes have already been proposed, for example in CN 201966781 U, DE 10 2012 006 723 A1, EP 0 893 106 A2, EP 2 234 561 B1, U.S. Pat. No. 9,237,943 B2, US 2002/056402 A1 and WO 95/33419 A1.
- US 2011/0107536 A1 has already disclosed a brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion.
- JP 2012-165954 A has already disclosed an electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, having at least one housing, having at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and having at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit.
- The problem addressed by the invention consists in particular in achieving advantageous characteristics with regard to a variable and/or easily assemblable and/or advantageously compact design and/or an efficient transmission of movement from the drive to the brush attachment and/or inexpensive producibility and/or high cleaning performance with low potential for injury. The problem is solved according to the invention by means of the features of
patent claim 1, while advantageous embodiments and refinements of the invention emerge from the subclaims. - A brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece, in particular for an electric toothbrush handpiece, is disclosed, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion, wherein
- the interface receptacle is implemented by a universal interface receptacle for receiving at least two different interfaces of different toothbrush handpieces. The interface receptacle preferably fits onto interfaces of different shape and/or dimensions. Preferably, the interface receptacle can in particular be used together with different toothbrush handpieces. Furthermore, the brush attachment is advantageously composed of exactly three portions, specifically the head portion, the neck portion and the attachment portion. The portions advantageously directly adjoin one another. It would however also be conceivable for the portions to partially overlap.
- In this context, an “interface receptacle” is to be understood in particular to mean a receptacle region of the brush attachment which is configured for captively receiving an interface, in particular a spindle of the interface, of the toothbrush handpiece. Preferably, the interface receptacle is configured in particular for receiving the interface in non-positively and/or positively locking fashion. In particular, the interface receptacle forms a receptacle region into which the interface of the toothbrush handpiece can be pushed, wherein the interface engages with detent and/or jamming action in the receptacle region in particular when a pushing-in force exceeds a defined value. The interface receptacle is preferably arranged on a side of the brush attachment which is averted from the brush head. Furthermore, in this context, a “universal interface receptacle” is to be understood in particular to mean an interface receptacle which is suitable for receiving at least two different interfaces. This is preferably to be understood in particular to mean an interface receptacle which is suitable for captively receiving at least two, in particular defined, differently shaped and/or differently dimensioned interfaces. It is preferable here if at least the spindles of the interfaces are of different shape and/or different dimensions. This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean an interface which is suitable for captively receiving at least two, in particular defined, differently shaped and/or differently dimensioned interfaces, wherein a holding force for securing the interfaces is at least approximately identical. “Configured” is in particular to mean specifically programmed, designed and/or equipped. The statement that an object is configured for a particular function is to be understood in particular to mean that the object fulfills and/or performs said particular function in at least one state of use and/or operation.
- Owing to the embodiment of the brush attachment, the brush attachment can be utilized in particular for different toothbrush handpieces. It is possible in particular to realize universal use of the brush attachment. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide a brush attachment which can be used in an advantageously variable and versatile manner.
- It is furthermore proposed that the brush attachment has a supporting base body which at least partially adjoins the interface receptacle and which has at least one clamping unit which is configured for being elastically deflected for the purposes of receiving an interface of a toothbrush handpiece. The supporting base body preferably delimits at least a major part of the interface receptacle. In this way, it is possible in particular to achieve that an interface of a toothbrush handpiece is received in an advantageously positively and/or non-positively locking manner. Preferably, it is thus possible in particular to realize a variable adaptation of a shape of the interface receptacle to the interface. In this way, it is possible in particular to enable different interfaces to be received. In this context, a “supporting base body” is to be understood in particular to mean a component which forms a supporting structure of the brush attachment. Preferably, the supporting base body is composed of a dimensionally stable material, in particular of a hard component, and extends along a main extent direction of the brush attachment at least over a major part of the brush attachment. The supporting base body is preferably formed by a single-piece component which is configured for stabilizing and connecting the portions of the brush attachment. Here, a “main extent direction” of an object is to be understood in particular to mean a direction which runs parallel to a longest edge of a smallest geometrical rectangular cuboid that just completely encloses the object. Furthermore, here, “as a single piece” is to be understood in particular to mean cohesively connected, for example by means of a welding process and/or adhesive bonding process etc., and particularly advantageously to mean integrally formed, such as by production from one casting and/or by production in a single-component or multi-component injection molding process. Less preferred, but likewise possible in the context of this invention, is positively and/or non-positively locking assembly of two or more components, in particular to form the clamping unit. Furthermore, “at least a major part” is to be understood in particular to mean at least 30%, preferably at least 50% and particularly preferably at least 70% of a delimited outer surface of the interface receptacle. In this context, a “clamping unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one clamping element which, during a fastening process, is elastically deflected in order to subsequently establish a positively and/or non-positively locking connection to the interface by means of an internal clamping force. Here, in this context, a “clamping element” is to be understood in particular to mean a resiliently elastic element for producing a clamping connection, which element is configured for being elastically deflected during an assembly process. Various embodiments of the clamping element which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable, for example in the form of a clamping wall and/or clamping web.
- The base body is preferably produced entirely from one material. The base body is preferably composed of a hard component. In the context of this disclosure, use may be made of virtually any hard components, which a person skilled in the art will combine and/or select in a manner suited to the purpose. As a hard component, use may be made for example of Styrene polymers such as styrene acrylonitrile (SAN), polystyrene (PS), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), styrene methyl methacrylate (SMMA), styrene butadiene (SB) or the like. Furthermore, a hard component may comprise polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or the like, in particular also in the form of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or low-density polyethylene (LDPE). Furthermore, use may be made of polyesters such as for example polyethylene terephthalate (PET), in particular in the form of acid-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETA), glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETG), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), acid-modified poly cyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate (PCT-A), glycol-modified polycyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate (PCT-G) or the like. Also conceivable is use of cellulose derivatives such as for example cellulose acetate (CA), cellulose acetobutyrate (CAB), cellulose propionate (CP), cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose butyrate (CB) or the like. Furthermore, a hard component may for example comprise polyamides (PA) such as PA 6.6, PA 6.10, PA 6.12 or the like, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polycarbonate (PC), polyoxymethylene (POM), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethane (FUR), polyimide (PA) or the like. In particular polyethylene (FE) and/or polyurethane (PU) may be used as _5 a hard component and/or as a soft component. In particular, a hard component has a modulus of elasticity of at least 1000 N/mm2 and advantageously of at least 1300 N/mm2 and/or of at most 2400 N/mm2 and advantageously of at most 1800 N/mm2. Preferably, the brush attachment has a single base body which may be formed from one of the stated materials or else from a mixture thereof. However, combinations of different hard components are also conceivable, wherein these may for example be processed in a two-component and/or mufti-component injection molding process and/or adhesively bonded to one another and/or assembled together and/or welded to one another, in particular by ultrasound welding. Alternatively or in addition, multiple hard components may be used which do not form a material connection in a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process. In particular, it is conceivable that, in this case, positive locking is generated between hard components, for example in the form of at least one undercut and/or at least one aperture and/or at least one at least partial non-detachable overmold or the like. It is conceivable here that, for example, a second hard component, which is in particular injection-molded onto a first hard component, shrinks and/or contracts after an injection molding process and advantageously forms a shrinkage connection. Suitable combinations may for example be polypropylene-polyester, polypropylene-styrene acrylonitrile or other combinations.
- It is furthermore proposed that the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping wall which directly adjoins the interface receptacle. In this way, it is in particular possible to provide an advantageous clamping unit. In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved. In this context, an “at least partially freestanding clamping wall” is to be understood in particular to mean a clamping wall which is at least partially freestanding in relation to a remaining part of the base body. It is particularly preferable if, in at least one cross-sectional plane, the clamping wall, over at least a major part of an outer surface, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body. It is particularly preferable if the clamping wall, over at least a major part of its extent parallel to the main extent direction of the brush attachment, in each case in a plane perpendicular to the main extent direction, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body over a major part of an outer surface. This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean a freestanding wall which is connected only at the ends and at a bottom side to the remaining part of the base body.
- It is furthermore proposed that the clamping unit has at least two at least partially freestanding clamping walls which directly adjoin the interface receptacle on opposite sides. The clamping walls preferably at least partially form in each case one side wall of the interface receptacle. In this way, it is possible in particular for a clamping force to be applied in an advantageously uniform manner. Furthermore, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous clamping unit. In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved.
- It is furthermore proposed that the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping bridge which directly adjoins the interface receptacle. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous clamping unit. In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution can be achieved. In this context, an “at least partially freestanding clamping bridge” is to be understood in particular to mean a clamping bridge which is at least partially freestanding in relation to a remaining part of the base body. It is preferable if, in at least one cross-sectional plane, the clamping bridge, over at least a major part of an outer surface, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body. It is particularly preferable if the clamping bridge, over at least a major part of its extent parallel to the main extent direction of the brush attachment, in each case in a plane perpendicular to the main extent direction, has no attachment to a remaining part of the base body over a major part of an outer surface. This is particularly preferably to be understood in particular to mean a freestanding bridge which is connected only at the ends, in particular on the side of the brush head and on the side of the opening of the interface receptacle, to the remaining part of the base body.
- It is furthermore proposed that the clamping unit has at least one at least partially freestanding clamping bridge. It is furthermore proposed that the clamping bridge is arranged so as to be offset by at least approximately 90° with respect to at least one clamping wall. It is furthermore proposed that the clamping bridge is arranged between two clamping walls. The clamping bridge preferably at least partially forms a side wall of the interface receptacle. In this way, it is possible in particular for a clamping force to be applied in an advantageously uniform manner. Furthermore, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous clamping unit. In this way, preferably an advantageously large-area clamping surface can be provided in particular. In this way, in particular, an advantageously large-area force distribution is achievable.
- Preferably, the clamping unit furthermore has a clamping elevation which projects at least partially into the interface receptacle. The clamping elevation is formed in particular by an elevation on an inner wall, which delimits the interface receptacle, of the base body. For the purposes of demoldability, the clamping elevation preferably extends axially as far as an end of the interface receptacle. The clamping elevation has in particular an axial length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm. Furthermore, the clamping elevation has in particular a width of 0.7 mm to 1.8 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.5 mm, and a height of 0.04 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.06 mm to 0.3 mm. A pulling-off force of the brush attachment can preferably be set through adaptation of a height of the clamping elevation. The clamping elevation therefore serves in particular for enabling the retention force to be set and for clamping a spindle of an interface of a toothbrush handpiece in the interface receptacle.
- It is furthermore proposed that the brush attachment has an overmold which is composed of a different material than the base body and which directly encloses at least a major part of the at least one clamping wall and/or the at least one clamping bridge in at least one plane. The materials preferably have different hardnesses and coefficients of friction. It is preferable if the overmold directly encloses at least a major part of the at least one clamping wall and the one clamping bridge in at least one plane perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment. The overmold encloses the clamping wall in particular to at least two sides and/or encloses the clamping bridge to three sides. Preferably, the clamping wall has at least three sides which are free from a remaining part of the base body, wherein one side in particular delimits the interface receptacle and two sides are directly enclosed by the overmold. The clamping bridge has at least four sides which are free from a remaining part of the base body, wherein one side in particular delimits the interface receptacle and three sides are directly enclosed by the overmold. It is particularly preferable if a side of the at least one clamping wall which is averted from the interface receptacle is back-molded. An elasticity of the clamping wall can be further improved in this way. The elasticity of the clamping bridge is improved by virtue of this being over-molded on the outer side. In particular, an elastic deflection of the clamping wall or of the clamping bridge can be at least partially clampened. In this way, a reliability of the clamping unit can be further improved. Furthermore, here, “at least a major part” is to be understood in particular to mean at least 20%, preferably at least 40% and particularly preferably at least 60% of an outer surface of the clamping wall. Instead of an overmold, the second material may less preferably also be installed and thus perform the same function.
- The overmold or back-molding is preferably produced entirely from one material. The overmold is preferably composed of a soft component. In the context of this disclosure, use may be made of virtually any soft components, which a person skilled in the art will combine and/or select in a manner suited to the purpose. As soft components, use may for example be made of thermoplastic styrene elastomers (TPE-S) such as a styrene ethylene butylene styrene copolymer (SEES), a styrene butadiene styrene copolymer (SBS) or the like. Also conceivable is the use of thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers (TPE-U), thermoplastic polyamide elastomers (TPE-A), thermoplastic polyolefin elastomers (TPE-O), thermoplastic polyester elastomers (TPE-E), polyethylene (PE), polyurethane (PU) or the like. Furthermore, a soft component may for example comprise at least one silicone. A soft component advantageously has a Shore A hardness of at most 90, advantageously of at most 50 and particularly advantageously of at most 30. Preferably, at least one soft component forms at least a material connection with at least one hard component, in particular in at least a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process, advantageously by means of at least an overmolding and/or injection-molding encapsulation process.
- It is preferably possible for further function elements to be formed on the brush attachment by means of the overmold. It would preferably be conceivable for a functional element formed by a tongue cleaner to be formed on a head rear side of the brush attachment by means of the overmold. The tongue cleaner may be provided with a surface structure. Further functional elements that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are furthermore conceivable. In particular, it would be conceivable for the functional element to be formed as one or more resiliently elastic cleaning elements in the bristle array. Further function elements may be formed by means of the overmold. For example, the brush head may be at least partially overmolded in order to form an impact guard with respect to teeth and gums. Furthermore, holding zones may be formed on the brush attachment by means of the overmold, which holding zones enable the brush attachment to be easily pushed on and pulled off. The holding zones may be provided with a surface structure.
- It is furthermore proposed that the interface receptacle has at least one first, at least substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region which is at least partially delimited to one side by the at least one clamping wall and/or at least one clamping bridge. Preferably, the first partial receptacle region is delimited to two opposite sides by in each case one clamping wall. Furthermore, the first partial receptacle region is delimited on one side, preferably between in each case one clamping wall, by a clamping bridge. The first partial receptacle region preferably forms a final portion of the interface receptacle, which is configured for receiving a tip of the interface of the toothbrush handpiece. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous interface receptacle. It is possible in particular to realize a reliable and secure receptacle of an interface. Furthermore, it can be achieved in particular that clamping on a spindle of the interface of the toothbrush handpiece is realized. In this way, an advantageously reliable transmission of a drive movement to the brush attachment can be achieved. In this context, an “at least substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary rectangular cuboid that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- It is furthermore proposed that the interface receptacle has at least one second, at least substantially cylindrical partial receptacle region which projects axially at least partially into the first partial receptacle region. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle. The statement that “the second partial receptacle region projects axially at least partially into the first partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean that the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region at least partially overlap at least with regard to an axial extent. Preferably, the partial receptacle regions are arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to one another and form an overlap. Preferably, the interface receptacle comprises at least a union of the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region. In this context, an “at least substantially cylindrical partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary cylinder that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- It is furthermore proposed that the second pressure receptacle region is arranged so as to axially fully overlap the first partial receptacle region. Preferably, the second partial receptacle region is arranged axially entirely within the first partial receptacle region. Preferably, the second partial receptacle region is arranged in particular at an end of the first partial receptacle region which is averted from the end of the interface receptacle. It is particularly preferable if the second partial receptacle region, in particular on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle, terminates together with the first partial receptacle region. It is preferable if a maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the first partial receptacle region. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle. The rectangular-cuboidal structure of the first partial receptacle region advantageously at least partially continues in the second partial receptacle region and thus forms a continuous structure.
- It is furthermore proposed that the interface receptacle has at least one third, at least substantially frustoconical partial receptacle region which axially directly adjoins the second partial receptacle region. Preferably, the third partial receptacle region has no overlap with the first and/or second partial receptacle region. Preferably, the third partial receptacle region directly adjoins the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region. The third partial receptacle region adjoins the first partial receptacle region and the second partial receptacle region in particular on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle. Preferably, the interface receptacle forms at least a union of the first partial receptacle region, the second partial receptacle region and the third partial receptacle region. It is preferable if a maximum cross section of the third partial receptacle region perpendicular to a main extent direction of the brush attachment is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the second partial receptacle region. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle. In this context, an “at least substantially frustoconical partial receptacle region” is to be understood in particular to mean a partial receptacle region whose volume, in particular whose value of the volume, deviates by at most 40%, preferably at most 20% and particularly preferably at most 10% from a volume, in particular a value of the volume, of a smallest imaginary frustum that just completely encloses the partial receptacle region.
- It is furthermore proposed that the first, substantially rectangular-cuboidal partial receptacle region has at least one narrowing at which the partial receptacle region narrows from at least one side. The partial receptacle region preferably narrows radially from at least two sides at the narrowing. The first partial receptacle region preferably has, at at least two sides, an in particular bevelled shoulder which forms the narrowing. The narrowing is preferably arranged axially adjacent, in an insertion direction of the interface, to the at least one clamping wall of the clamping unit. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous shaping of the interface receptacle. It is possible in particular to realize an advantageously easy insertion of the interface into the interface receptacle. The narrowing may be formed, on one side, on the clamping bridge.
- Preferably, the interface receptacle furthermore has a fourth, frustoconical partial receptacle region, the lateral surface of which is coaxially curved. It is preferable if the fourth partial receptacle region, in particular on a side averted from the first partial receptacle region, axially directly adjoins the third partial receptacle region. The fourth partial receptacle region is preferably arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to the third partial receptacle region. It is particularly preferable if the fourth partial receptacle region, on a side facing toward the opening of the interface receptacle, adjoins the third partial receptacle region. The fourth partial receptacle region forms in particular the opening of the interface receptacle. Preferably, the interface receptacle comprises a union of the first partial receptacle region, the second partial receptacle region, the third partial receptacle region and the fourth partial receptacle region.
- The brush attachment preferably has a drip edge in the attachment portion. The drip edge is formed in particular by a hard transition from a bevel of the brush attachment to a rounded profile of the outer skin of the brush attachment. The drip edge particularly preferably forms a radially outermost edge of the brush attachment. The drip edge preferably has a diameter of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm. The drip edge is particularly preferably formed by a circular edge. In principle, however, a different shaping of the edge that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. In the case of wide hand parts, the drip edge and the bevel in particular form a termination, whereas, in the case of slim hand parts, the drip edge and the bevel preferably form a transition. Furthermore, by means of the drip edge, it is possible in particular to realize the function whereby, when the brush attachment is standing on a standing surface, liquid advantageously drips off the drip edge. Furthermore, by means of the drip edge, less liquid runs in the direction of the standing surface, and thus, in the installed state, it is also the case that less liquid flows in the direction of the interface. The drip edge may be composed of hard and/or soft components.
- The invention furthermore proceeds from a brush attachment for a toothbrush handpiece, in particular for an electric toothbrush handpiece, having a head portion which comprises a brush head, having an attachment portion which comprises an interface receptacle, and having a neck portion arranged between the head portion and the attachment portion. It is proposed that the brush head has a bristle array with at least two significantly differing bristle bundles. The brush head preferably has a multiplicity of significantly differing bristle bundles. In this context, “substantially differing bristle bundles” is to be understood in particular to mean that the at least two bristle bundles differ significantly from one another at least in terms of their shape and/or their orientation. The bristle bundles preferably have a significantly differing shape and/or a significantly differing orientation. In this context, a “significantly differing shape” of the bristle bundles is to be understood in particular to mean that a base area of a first bristle bundle, in particular with any orientation, differs by at least 10%, preferably at least 30% and particularly preferably at least 50%, from a base area of the second bristle bundle. It is preferably the case that at most 80%, preferably at most 60% and particularly preferably at most 40% of an area of the base area of the first bristle bundle and/or of the second bristle bundle forms an overlap when superposed. In this context, a “significantly differing orientation” is to be understood in particular to mean that an orientation of the bristles of a first bristle bundle deviates by at least 10°, preferably at least 20° and particularly preferably at least 30° from an orientation of the bristles of a second bristle bundle. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous cleaning performance. The bristle bundles are preferably produced in a hot tufting or HT process. Other production methods that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art for producing the bristle bundles are however also conceivable. Specifically for the hot tufting or HT process, the bristle holes in the brush head basically have closed contours as seen in plan view, wherein all possible geometrical shapes may be used. The bristle bundles or their base areas may be of circular, circular-ring-shaped, circular-segment-shaped, star-shaped, triangular, polygonal, rectangular or square etc. form. It is furthermore possible for different bristles to be used in different bristle bundles within one bristle array, or else even within one bristle bundle. The bristle bundles are preferably furthermore of mirror-symmetrical form with respect to a longitudinal axis and/or with respect to the transverse axis of the brush head and/or of point-symmetrical form, preferably with respect to a geometrical central point of the brush head. A topography, that is to say in particular the surface of usage-side bristle ends or cleaning elements, is, within a bristle array, preferably of flat, dome-shaped, trough-shaped, cup-shaped, crenellated, conical and/or row-shaped implementation and/or implemented in the form of logos or letters which are elevated and/or recessed. In the case of a hot tufting or HT process, it is firstly the case that the base body of the brush attachment is injection-molded or molded with blind holes or cutouts in the head region. Subsequently, bristles are provided in bundles and are melted in bundles on the side averted from the usage side. Subsequently, the base body is, in the head portion, warmed approximately to a glass transition temperature. Finally, the molten bristle ends are inserted into the blind holes or cutouts and the bristle bundles are anchored in the bristle head under pressure and with corresponding slight deformation of the base body. Here, the size of the blind holes is reduced, or the geometry is deformed, and the bristle bundles are thus anchored.
- Various alternative embodiments and arrangements of bristle bundles of the bristle array are conceivable for the brush head. Here, the brush head may have a bristle array with a multiplicity of, but at least two, significantly differing bristle bundles. Here, the bristle bundles differ in each case with regard to a shape and/or an orientation. In particular, the bristle bundles may have at least different inclined positions. The bristle bundles may each be formed by ridges. The bristle bundles may each be formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved and/or have different lengths. Here, a bend may have various orientations, wherein the bend may face toward or be averted from a central point of the bristle array. The bend may furthermore also extend in a circumferential direction around the bristle array. It is furthermore conceivable for the main extent to have ridges parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is realized symmetrically with respect to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may at least partially have a ring shape. Furthermore, the bristle bundles may be formed by conventional circular bundles. It is furthermore conceivable for ridge-like bristle bundles to be curved around other bristle bundles. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may at least partially have an arrow shape, with a tip being directed in a defined direction. In this way, an advantageous cleaning action can be achieved, in particular in the case of use on a sonic toothbrush or a toothbrush with a reciprocating pivoting movement. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may vary in terms of their size, in particular in terms of their periphery. It is furthermore also conceivable for the bristle bundles to have an open-die form implementation. It is preferably possible here for individual bristle bundles and/or a defined number of multiple bristle bundles to form a specific shape. In particular, multiple bristle bundles together may in each case form the shape of a turbine wheel, wherein the bristle bundles are in each case formed by turbine blades. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may be formed at least partially by ridges which are of undulating form in a longitudinal profile and/or an end profile. The number of undulation peaks and troughs is in particular variable. It is possible for different undulations to be provided in the same bristle array. It is furthermore conceivable for the ridges to have different inclined positions, wherein the angles of the inclined positions in the bristle bundles relative to a normal of the brush head increase for example toward the front and rear end of the bristle array, and the bristle bundles of the central ridges stand more vertically. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may be formed at least partially by transversely arranged ridges with an inclined position, which ridges, considered together, form an X shape when the bristle array is viewed in a longitudinal direction. Here, the bristle bundles may in each case have partially different inclined positions. Alternatively or in addition, the bristle bundles may at least partially have an elliptical shape. Here, it is possible in particular for multiple additional bristle bundles to be arranged around the elliptical bristle bundle, which additional bristle bundles have different, in some cases also converging, inclined positions. It is alternatively possible for multiple additional bristle bundles to be arranged around the elliptical bristle bundle, which additional bristle bundles have an open-die form implementation and each form, for example, the shape of a turbine blade. Here, the bristle bundles may in particular be combined and/or arranged in any manner whatsoever.
- At least some or all of the bristles are advantageously conventionally extruded bristles. Here, bristles may in particular comprise at least one hard component and/or at least one soft component. Preferably, the bristles are manufactured at least partially or entirely from polyamide (PA) and/or polyester (PBT), wherein any other materials are conceivable. It is furthermore conceivable for at least some of the bristles to have a pointed configuration and/or a variable cross section. The bristles are preferably formed from a single, in particular also mixed, material. Also conceivable, however, are bristles composed of multiple components, in particular material components, which may be producible and/or produced in particular by means of at least one coextrusion process. The bristles may for example be producible and/or produced by means of extrusion, cutting to length and/or reworking. Here, the bristles may be extruded either from one material or from multiple materials, in particular by co-extrusion. In multi-component extrusion processes, it is possible to realize for example 2-component bristles, Stain Devil bristles of Perlon® and/or a combination of PBT with soft components, wherein the soft components form strips in a longitudinal direction of the bristles.
- In particular, use may be made of cylindrical bristles, wherein any other cross sections are conceivable, such as for example polygonal, triangular, rectangular, square, elliptical, star-shaped, trapezoidal, parallelogram-shaped, diamond-shaped or any other cross sections. In particular, different bristles may be used in one bristle bundle, or else different bristle bundles, in particular in each case with one particular type of bristles. Here, bristles and/or bristle bundles may be arranged in regular or else irregular fashion. In particular, bristles and/or bristle bundles arranged in groups and/or arranged adjacently may differ, in particular in alternating fashion, with regard to at least one feature, such as for example a length, a diameter, a material, a color, a material hardness, a geometry, a pointed configuration and the like. Preferably, for oral hygiene applications, the bristles have a diameter, in particular perpendicular to the longitudinal axis thereof, of at least 0.075 mm and/or of at most 0.25 mm. The bristles advantageously have a cross-sectional area, in particular perpendicular to their longitudinal axis, of at least 0.002 mm2 and/or of at most 0.2 mm2. In the case of bristles used in the cosmetics sector, for example bristles of an additional application element, use may also be made of thinner bristles and/or bristles with a smaller cross section. In the case of pointed bristles, polyester (PBT) is particularly suitable as a material, wherein a pointed configuration may be generated mechanically and/or chemically. Other materials are however likewise conceivable. The bristles are preferably straight in a longitudinal direction, though corrugated and/or twisted and/or helical and/or rotated bristles are also conceivable, and in particular combinations of different bristles. Furthermore, bristles with a smooth surface are conceivable, as are bristles with a textured surface. Furthermore, the bristle component may also have further material added to it, such as for example abrasive materials, materials which dissolve upon contact with water, and/or materials that release active substances.
- Furthermore, the bristles, in particular as bristle bundles, are processed, in particular fastened to the bristle carrier, preferably by means of at least one anchor punching process, an anchor-free tufting (AFT) process, an in-mold tufting (IMT) process or the like. Preferably, the bristle carrier has a multiplicity of bristle receptacles, in particular holes for bristle bundles, which are in particular drilled and/or molded during an injection molding process. In the case of anchor punching, it is for example conceivable for a base body, composed in particular of a hard component, preferably the use element and/or the brush head, to firstly be manufactured by means of an injection molding process, wherein blind holes for bristle bundles are advantageously molded during the injection molding process. Subsequent drilling of blind holes is however self-evidently also conceivable. Preferably, bristles or bristle bundles are subsequently folded and fastened by means of at least one anchor in in each case one blind hole, in particular by being punched in.
- Alternatively, as mentioned, anchorless methods are also conceivable, wherein bristles or bristle bundles are advantageously not folded. Bristles or bristle bundles in this case have a length which is approximately halved in relation to an anchor punching process. For example, it is conceivable for bristle bundles to initially be separated, for bristle bundles to be melted, and/or for bristle ends to be overmolded in particular subsequently to the fastening thereof. In this way, it is advantageously possible for bristle bundles to be combined. Here, for example, production by means of in-mold tufting (IMT) is possible, wherein it is advantageously the case that a base body, for example of the brush head and/or of the handle unit and/or of the fastening unit, is molded during the overmolding of the bristle ends. It is likewise conceivable that, in particular in the course of an integrated anchorless production process, bristles are initially overmolded with plates or the like, and said plates are subsequently in turn overmolded, for example in order to form the brush head and/or the handle unit.
- It is furthermore conceivable to firstly manufacture bristle plates with passage holes by means of injection molding, through which passage holes bristles are subsequently guided. The bristles are preferably subsequently connected, in particular fused, on a rear side, preferably to one another and/or to the corresponding bristle plate. In this way, bristle plates fitted with bristles can then be welded and/or adhesively bonded to a base body, in particular a brush head, preferably by means of an ultrasound welding process. One known production method that can be mentioned in this context is Boucherie AFT (anchor free tufting), which makes it possible in particular for bristle bundles to be combined.
- As a further method for anchorless bristle fitting, consideration may be given to the manufacture, in particular injection molding, of a brush head molded integrally on a handle or of a separate bristle plate with passage holes for bristles. Bristles may subsequently be guided through the passage holes and fused on a rear side, in particular to one another and/or to the brush head. This is preferably followed by overmolding of the fused regions and/or of the brush head, in particular with at least one material component, preferably a soft component. In the case of a bristle plate, this is suitably connected to the brush handle, for example by means of overmolding or welding. Here, use may be made for example of a Boucherie AMR process, which in particular does not make it possible for bristle bundles to be combined, or an AMR+ process, which in particular makes it possible for bristles to be combined.
- It is furthermore conceivable to firstly manufacture a brush head with blind holes, for example by means of injection molding and/or by means of drilling of the blind holes. In this case, bristles are combined to form bundles and are melted, and/or connected in some other way, at one end. The brush head is subsequently warmed, in particular to a glass temperature of its material. Bristle bundles can then advantageously be inserted into the blind holes and anchored on the brush head by being pressed on. In particular, the warmed blind holes deform in the process, such that the bristle bundles are anchored therein. For example, a known PTt process from Boucherie (a hot tufting process) is expedient here.
- As an alternative or in addition to bristles being punched and/or adhesively bonded on and/or welded on, it is also conceivable for bristles to be molded on and/or for bristles to be twisted in, in particular for interdental brushes. The molded-on bristles may in particular be manufactured together with the usage unit, the handle unit and/or the fastening unit during a multi-component injection molding process, or may be retroactively molded onto a base body of the usage unit.
- It is preferably the case that materials of injection-molded bristles do not form a material connection with other soft components and/or hard components of the oral hygiene item during an injection molding process, in particular a two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process. Preferably, injection-molded bristles are rather connected to soft components and/or hard components by means of a positively locking connection, for example by means of at least one undercut and/or by means of an aperture and/or by means of at least one at least partial overmold, wherein, in particular, a shrinkage connection and/or a contraction connection is conceivable. A connection by means of at least one material connection is however also conceivable.
- For all of the possible injection molding processes mentioned, a single-component, two-component and/or multi-component injection molding process is basically conceivable. Materials used, in particular different soft components and/or hard components, may in this case be connected in cohesive and/or positively locking fashion, as mentioned. It is also conceivable for articulated connections to be formed by means of suitable injection molding steps. Use may basically be made, for example, of hot runner processes, cold runner processes and/or co-injection processes.
- Alternatively or in addition to a cleaning element in the form of a brush head, the brush attachment may also have at least one tongue cleaner and/or at least one cleaning and/or massaging element. These may in each case be formed from a soft component, from a hard component or from a combination of soft and hard components, and/or advantageously producible and/or produced by means of injection molding. Furthermore, various embodiments are conceivable for the bristles of the brush head. The bristles may preferably be formed by injection-molded bristles which, by contrast to conventional extruded bristles, are produced by injection molding. Various materials which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art for injection-molded bristles are conceivable. Preferably, injection-molded bristles are formed at least partially and advantageously entirely from a thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer (TPE-U). Here, the use of a modified polyurethane elastomer (TPE-U) is conceivable, which may in particular be modified with regard to improved flow characteristics and/or fast solidification, in particular fast crystallization, advantageously even at relatively high temperatures. Other materials are however self-evidently also conceivable, for example thermoplastic polyester elastomers (TPE-E), thermoplastic polyimide elastomers (TPE-A) or the like. Materials for injection-molded bristles advantageously have a Shore D hardness of at least 0 and particularly advantageously of at least 30 and/or of at most 100 and advantageously of at most 80. In particular, a Shore hardness of a material of injection-molded bristles is advantageously higher than a Shore hardness of other soft components that are used, for example for handle elements, massaging elements, further cleaning elements or the like. During the injection molding process, in particular the two-component or multi-component injection molding processes, materials for injection-molded bristles generally do not form a material connection with the other soft and/or hard materials used. Consequently, for possible connections to other hard or soft materials, a positively locking connection is provided, for example by means of an undercut and/or in the form of apertures and/or in the form of partial and/or complete overmolds. The material for injection-molded bristles, which is injected second, shrinks as it cools onto the first injected hard or soft material, and then in particular forms a shrinkage connection.
- Injection-molded bristles are preferably composed of harder material, in particular with a high Shore hardness, than other injection-molded resiliently elastic cleaning elements, which are generally injection-molded from soft material.
- Also basically conceivable is the use of water-soluble polymers, for example for hard components, soft components, injection-molded bristles or other elements of the oral hygiene item. Also, in addition to that mentioned above, water-soluble polymers may also be incorporated as separate elements in the brush head (installation, overmolding, etc.). The water-soluble polymers preferably serve as carriers for oral hygiene agents such as flavors, antibacterial substances, silicates (as described for example in
EP 1 639 913 A1). - Consideration may likewise be given to bioplastics, which may be obtained in particular from renewable raw materials. Here, as raw materials, use may be made in particular of corn, hemp, sugar, castor oil, palm oil, potatoes, wheat, sugar cane, rubber, wood, the castor plant/miracle tree and the like. Corresponding possible raw materials could for example be cellulose, starch, lactic add (PLA), glucose, chitin, chitosan or the like, from which, in particular, corresponding bioplastics can be synthesized.
- The use of water-soluble polymers in conjunction with brush attachments on a toothbrush handpiece of the type described below can yield advantages specifically in the field of oral hygiene. The movement of the brush head has the effect that, upon contact with water, or also in the case of a correspondingly supporting touching action, the material is degraded. The movement of the brush attachment causes a movement of the water relative to the water-soluble polymer, and thus more intense wear and/or a more intense release. The released substances can self-evidently also be distributed more effectively, or else further, as a result of the movement.
- The invention also proceeds from an electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, having at least one housing, having at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and having at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit. It is proposed that the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one fix frame unit which is arranged in the housing and which is in particular implemented as a single piece and which at least partially receives the drive unit and the energy store. Preferably, the frame unit extends axially over the entire drive unit and the entire energy store. The drive unit is preferably formed in particular by a motor. Furthermore, the energy store is formed in particular by an accumulator. In principle, however, a different embodiment of the energy store that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example as a battery, would also be conceivable. Preferably the frame unit is in particular configured both for receiving a single energy storage cell, such as in particular an AA energy storage cell, and for receiving three energy storage cells simultaneously, in particular three AAA energy storage cells. Preferably, for three energy storage cells, a frame is provided which receives the three energy storage cells and which fits into a receptacle region of the frame unit for the single energy storage cell.
- In this context, a “housing” is in particular to be understood as a protective outer shell of the toothbrush handpiece. The housing preferably encloses a substantial part of the toothbrush handpiece. The housing preferably furthermore has a grip region. The housing preferably forms a handle of the toothbrush handpiece. The housing is preferably formed from a plastics housing. In principle, however, some other material that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. Furthermore, the housing may be formed both as a single piece and in particular in two-shell form. The housing preferably has parts which are composed at least of a hard component and which have a structure-supporting function. The housing is particularly preferably composed in particular of hard components and soft components, wherein, in particular, handle surfaces and switch surfaces are formed by means of the soft components. The soft components preferably form an overmold of the hard components. Furthermore, in this context, a “fix frame unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit which forms a support structure and which is implemented as a single piece and/or which is composed at least only of parts which are fixedly connected to one another. The fix frame unit in particular differs from multiple individual frames which are separate from one another. Preferably, the frame unit forms multiple receptacle regions, in particular at least for the drive unit and the energy store, which receptacle regions are positioned in a defined manner relative to one another in particular both in an assembled state and in an unassembled state of the frame unit. The fix frame unit is in particular configured to form a prefabricated module, which can be fitted/introduced as one piece into the housing.
- By means of the embodiment according to the invention of the electric toothbrush handpiece, it is possible in particular to achieve advantageous assembly of the toothbrush handpiece. Preferably, by means of the frame unit, it is possible in particular to preassemble the component into the frame unit. In this way, it is possible in particular for the frame unit to be inserted in fully preassembled form into the housing, whereby assembly errors can be avoided. An installation of cabling of the electric toothbrush handpiece, in particular at least of the drive unit and of the energy store, can preferably be performed, preferably entirely, outside the housing.
- It is furthermore proposed that the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one charging coil for charging the energy store, which at least one charging coil is received in the fix frame unit. Alternatively, a separate frame unit of the charging coil may be formed, which can be installed on the frame unit. Here, the installation may take the form of a plugging-on process, screwing-on process, adhesive bonding process etc. The frame unit of the charging coil carries within it the charging coil and also a compensation element, which is pressed by the charging coil against the energy store. Thus, length tolerances are compensated, and shocks, for example if the toothbrush is dropped, are absorbed. The frame unit preferably has a receptacle region for positionally fixedly receiving the charging coil, in particular at least relative to the energy store and/or the drive unit. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize an advantageously exact orientation of the components of the toothbrush handpiece relative to one another. Furthermore, an advantageously simple assembly process can be realized in this way. In particular, it can be achieved that the frame unit can be inserted in fully preassembled form into the housing. In this context, a “charging coil” is to be understood in particular to mean an induction coil for wireless energy transmission. Preferably, in a charging state, a voltage is induced in the charging coil by means of a changing magnetic field, by means of which voltage the energy store can be charged.
- It is furthermore proposed that the electric toothbrush handpiece has a circuit board for control of the drive unit, which circuit board is at least partially received in positively locking fashion by the frame unit and extends at least over a major part of an axial extent of the frame unit. Preferably, the circuit board extends over at least 50%, preferably over at least 70% and particularly preferably over at least 90% of an axial extent of the frame unit. The frame unit preferably has an axial extent of at least 130 mm, preferably of at least 140 mm and preferably of at most 200 mm and particularly preferably of at most 170 mm. Furthermore, the frame unit has in particular a width of at least 10 mm, preferably of at least 13 mm and preferably of at most 30 mm, particularly preferably of at most 25 mm. Furthermore, the frame unit also has in particular a height of at least 15 mm, preferably of at least 18 mm and preferably of at most 35 mm, particularly preferably of at most 28 mm. The circuit board is preferably held in positively locking fashion on the frame unit in particular by means of holding clips of the frame unit. The circuit board is particularly preferably formed by a printed circuit board. Some other embodiment of the circuit board which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however also be conceivable. The circuit board preferably forms an open-loop and/or closed-loop control unit and/or an operator control unit of the toothbrush handpiece. The circuit board is in particular configured for connecting and controlling the electrical functional elements of the toothbrush handpiece. In particular, a large-area circuit board can be provided in this way. In particular, an advantageous attachment to the circuit board can be made possible in this way. It is preferably thus possible to achieve in particular a complete integration of the electrically functional parts into the frame unit. An “open-loop and/or closed-loop control unit” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one set of control electronics. A “set of control electronics” is to be understood in particular to mean a unit with at least one electronic circuit, which is preferably composed of voltage and comparison control components. The set of control electronics may however basically also be of more complex construction, for example through the use of a processor unit and a memory unit and with an operating program stored in the memory unit.
- To receive the circuit board in positively locking fashion, the frame unit preferably has at least two hook-shaped positive-locking elements, which are configured for partially engaging over the circuit board in an installed state. For an installation process, the circuit board particularly preferably has, on an outer edge, recesses which corresponds to the positive-locking elements and via which the circuit board can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-locking elements into an end position. During an installation process, the circuit board is preferably mounted onto the frame unit in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein the circuit board can be guided past the positive-locking elements by means of the recesses. The circuit board is subsequently in particular pushed under the positive-locking elements and thereby fixed. The positive-locking elements preferably additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold the circuit board in non-positively locking fashion.
- It is furthermore proposed that the drive unit has at least one rotor which comprises at least one cage element, which at least one cage element is implemented as a single piece and has at least one receptacle region for receiving at least one magnet. The cage element preferably comprises at least two receptacle regions, which are each configured for receiving one magnet. The magnets are preferably each formed by a permanent magnet. Some other embodiment of the magnets that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable. Preferably the rotor is in particular configured for performing an oscillating movement. The rotor is particularly preferably coupled in particular to the interface, preferably to a spindle of the interface, which is configured for transmitting a drive movement to a brush attachment. In this way, it is possible in particular to provide an advantageous rotor. Preferably, in this way, it is possible in particular for a rotor to be provided which is configured for directly receiving the at least one magnet. In this way, it is possible in particular for a number of components to be advantageously kept low. In this context, a “cage element” is in particular to mean an element which is configured for receiving the at least one magnet by engaging around the latter. The cage element preferably forms in particular a receptacle region which, in at least one plane, is completely enclosed by the material of the cage element.
- It is furthermore proposed that the cage element has a base body, which comprises at least one receptacle region for the at least one magnet, and spindle projections, which are arranged on both sides of the base body and which form a rotary spindle of the rotor. The base body preferably comprises at least two receptacle regions arranged adjacent to one another. The spindle projections preferably serve in particular for mounting of the cage element in the frame unit. The base body of the cage element is preferably mounted rotatably on the frame unit by means of the spindle projections. It is particularly preferable if at least one of the spindle projections furthermore serves for a transmission of a drive movement of the base body to the interface. One of the spindle projections is preferably coupled directly to a spindle of the interface. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize advantageous mounting of the cage element. Furthermore, it is in particular possible for a number of components to be kept low. It is furthermore possible to realize advantageously simple and fast assembly of the toothbrush handpiece. In this context, a “spindle of the interface” is to be understood in particular to mean a shaft which projects out of a housing of the toothbrush handpiece and which is configured for directly transmitting a drive movement of the drive unit of the toothbrush handpiece to the brush attachment. The spindle of the interface is preferably formed in particular by a metal shaft. Some other embodiment of the spindle that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable. The cage element is preferably formed from a hard component.
- It is furthermore proposed that the rotor has at least one metallic cover which is configured for closing off the receptacle region of the cage element. The receptacle region of the cage element is preferably open to at least one side, preferably to at least two opposite sides. The rotor preferably has in particular two covers which are connected to the base body of the cage element from opposite sides and cover the open sides of the receptacle regions. The covers are particularly preferably screwed or adhesively bonded to the cage element. Furthermore, the covers may be fixed by means of geometric elements. For example, with an insertion geometry at one end and with one or more hook-shaped positive-locking elements at the other sides. The fixing by means of the hook-shaped positive-locking elements may also occur only at the end situated opposite the insertion geometry, if the covers come to lie in a depression which prevents lateral displacement by means of its side walls. In this way, it is possible in particular to achieve that the at least one magnet is received in an advantageously secure manner. It is preferably possible in this way in particular to realize that the magnet is received in an advantageously positionally accurate manner, and to realize an improved distribution of the magnetic field. It is furthermore possible to realize advantageously simple and easy assembly of the toothbrush handpiece.
- It is furthermore proposed that the drive unit has at least one resetting spring which, by way of a first end, is coupled rotationally conjointly to a first spindle projection of the rotor and, by way of a second end, is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner by means of a fixing element to the frame unit. The resetting spring preferably engages with a first end into a groove of the first spindle projection of the cage element, which groove runs radially through an axis of rotation of the rotor. The resetting spring is preferably formed in particular by a helical spring. Some other embodiment of the resetting spring that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example in the form of a spiral spring or leaf spring, would however also be conceivable. It is thus possible in particular advantageously to realize an automatic resetting of the rotor. In particular, it can be achieved that the spindle of the interface always comes to a standstill in the same position. In this way, it is possible to realize easy, consistent installation of the brush attachment, whereby a high level of convenience can be achieved. Furthermore, a resetting position can advantageously be optimally set. Production differences can thus advantageously be compensated. Furthermore, a readjustment of the initial position is possible. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize improved positioning of the rotor in a rest position. Furthermore, it is advantageously possible to provide a smooth-running drive unit. In this context, a “resetting spring” is to be understood in particular to mean a spring element which is configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation. The spring element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor. In particular, the resetting spring is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off. Furthermore, in this context, a “fixing element” is to be understood in particular to mean an element which is configured for fixing, in particular clamping, an end of the resetting spring relative to a fixed component, such as in particular the frame unit.
- Preferably, the fixing element is in particular configured for fixing the second end of the resetting spring by pressing the end against the frame unit. The second end of the resetting spring can preferably be fixed in different positions. Here, the statement that “the resetting spring is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit” is to be understood in particular to mean that the resetting spring is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit at least with regard to a rotational position. This is preferably to be understood in particular to mean that the resetting spring is designed to be fixable, in particular by means of the fixing element, in a rotationally fixed manner to the frame unit in different rotational positions relative to the frame unit. In particular, by means of the fixing element, an overall rotational position of the resetting spring relative to the frame unit can be set. In particular, it is possible for an initial position of the rotor relative to the frame unit to be indirectly set. Furthermore, a “spring element” is to be understood in particular to mean a macroscopic element which has at least an extent and/or a relative rotational position of the ends which, in a normal operating state, is elastically variable by at least 10%, in particular by at least 20%, preferably by at least 30% and particularly advantageously by at least 50%, and which in particular generates an opposing force which is dependent on a variation of the extent and/or of the relative rotational position and which is preferably proportional to the variation and which counteracts the variation. An “extent” of an element is to be understood in particular to mean a maximum spacing of two points of a vertical projection of the element onto a plane. A “macroscopic element” is to be understood in particular to mean an element with an extent of at least 1 mm, in particular of at least 5 mm and preferably of at least 10 mm.
- Alternatively, it is furthermore proposed that the drive unit has a resetting unit which is of two-part construction and which is configured for resetting a rotor into an initial position. Preferably, the resetting unit is configured for subjecting the rotor to an opposing resetting force during a deflection out of the initial position. The resetting unit is preferably configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation. It is preferably proposed that the resetting unit is coupled rotationally conjointly to a first spindle projection of the rotor and is supported elastically on the frame unit. It is furthermore proposed that the resetting unit has a shaft wing which is installed directly, in particular axially, on a first axial projection of the rotor. The resetting unit, in particular the shaft wing of the resetting unit, is fitted with its opening in particular on a first spindle projection of the rotor, and thereby coupled to the latter. The shaft wing preferably has two oppositely situated wings which run perpendicular to an axis of rotation and which are in particular each formed by a rectangular projection. The wings are in particular each equipped with a passage hole. The wings, which lie perpendicular to the spindle projection, are preferably fixed to the frame unit by means of a spring and damping element. It is preferably proposed that the resetting unit has an elastic spring and damping element which is arranged between the shaft wing and the frame unit. The resetting unit is composed in particular of the shaft wing and the spring and damping element. Preferably, the shaft wing engages by way of its opening into a geometry, which is of dovetail shape in cross section, of the first spindle projection of the cage element. The resetting action is preferably generated by means of the spring and damping element, which engages through passage or blind holes into the wings of the shaft wing and lies at the other side on the frame element. The elasticity of the spring and damping element provides the desired resetting and/or spring action. The elastic spring and damping element is configured for generating a resetting force in particular in the event of a deflection of the shaft wing, in particular at least in a circumferential direction, out of a rest position. In this context, a “shaft wing” is to be understood in particular to mean a shaft attachment which is in particular configured for coupling rotationally conjointly to a shaft, in particular to the rotor of the drive unit. The shaft wing preferably has an at least substantially rotationally symmetrical base body, on which there are arranged oppositely situated wings, which are configured for supporting the base body. The shaft wing is preferably configured at least partially for performing a rotational movement. In this context, a “spring and damping element” is to be understood in particular to mean an elastic element which is configured for moving the rotor back into a defined initial position after a rotation. The elastic element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor. In particular, the spring and damping element is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off. It is thus possible in particular to advantageously to realize an automatic resetting of the rotor. In particular, it can be achieved that the spindle of the interface always comes to a standstill in the same position. In this way, it is possible to realize easy, consistent installation of the brush attachment, whereby a high level of convenience can be achieved. The spring and damping element is preferably furthermore configured for damping the oscillating movement of the rotor. In particular, the resetting unit is configured for moving the spindle of the interface into an initial position after the drive unit has been switched off. With this arrangement, the orientation of the rotational position is not possible.
- It is furthermore proposed that the elastic spring and damping element is fixedly connected to the shaft wing. The elastic spring and damping element is preferably connected fixedly to the shaft wing by means of a plug-in connection. The elastic spring and damping element and the shaft wing form the resetting unit, wherein the resetting unit in particular lies only against the frame unit. The shaft wing lies against the frame unit in particular via the spring and damping element. It is furthermore proposed that the elastic spring and damping element, in an installed state, has a preload in relation to the frame unit, wherein the frame unit forms a support surface for the spring and damping element. The elastic spring and damping element is preferably composed at least partially of a soft component, in particular of silicone, whereas the shaft wing is composed of a hard component. It is preferably proposed that the elastic spring and damping element is composed at least partially of a soft component, in particular of silicone, with a Shore A hardness of 25 Shore A to 75 Shore A, preferably of 35 Shore A to 65 Shore A. It is furthermore proposed that the elastic spring and damping element is configured for limiting a rotation of the shaft wing to a rotational angle of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°. It is thus possible in particular to advantageously realize an automatic resetting of the rotor. Furthermore, a number of components for a resetting action, and a level of assembly effort, can be kept low.
- The shaft wing has in particular a cross shape in plan view. In the center, the shaft wing has in particular an at least approximately cylindrical base body which, in an axial direction, is provided with a blind hole with a rotational driving contour. The blind hole with the rotational driving contour serves in particular for rotationally conjointly receiving the spindle projection of the rotor. Opposite the blind hole in an axial direction, a projection is preferably formed on the base body, which projection, in the installed state, prevents the axial displacement within the assembly. Preferably, a detent device is furthermore configured for securing the shaft wing on the spindle projection of the rotor. The projection of the shaft wing preferably has a diameter of 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to mm. The length of the projection amounts in particular to 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably from 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm. The blind hole of the shaft wing preferably has a depth of 7 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 12 mm. The width of the shaft wing, measured across the wings, amounts in particular to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm. The outer diameter of the cylindrical body of the shaft wing advantageously amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm.
- The spring and damping element is, in cross section, formed in particular as a semicircular element with lateral flanges. On its underside, the element has, on the flanges, preferably two projections which, in the assembled state, lie on the frame unit. Projections are preferably likewise provided on the top side, which projections are formed on the flanges adjacent to the geometry for receiving the shaft wing. Said projections are preferably configured for being installed into the passage holes of the shaft wing and holding the two parts together. The projections preferably have undercuts that realize this. The inner geometry of the spring and damping element is in particular adapted to the outer geometry of the shaft wing. The geometry is selected such that the required partial rotation of the shaft wing is possible. The spring and damping element has in particular a length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably 5 to 6.5 mm. The width perpendicular thereto amounts in particular to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm. The height—from the rounding to the projection—amounts in particular to between 6 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 7.5 mm and 9.5 mm. The projections on the bottom side advantageously have a height of 1 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm. The
projections element 148 b advantageously amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm. It is furthermore proposed that the drive unit is implemented of an oscillating armature motor. The oscillating armature motor is preferably activated in sinusoidal fashion. In this way, it is possible in particular to realize an improved movement of the rotor of the drive unit. It is possible in particular to realize an advantageously smooth movement of the rotor. Furthermore, noises of the drive unit can be reliably prevented. In this context, an “oscillating armature motor” is to be understood in particular to mean a drive which is configured for an electromagnetic generation of a vibratory movement, in particular oscillating movement. The drive comprises in particular a positionally fixed iron core with an exciter coil and a movable rotor, which comprises at least one magnet. The rotor is preferably held in the rest position by means of a resetting spring. - It is furthermore proposed that the drive unit has at least one stator which has a carrier implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package which is inserted into the carrier, and a coil which engages around the metal-sheet package. Preferably, the metal-sheet package forms an iron core of the stator, whereas the coil forms an exciter coil of the stator. The coil of the stator is preferably activated in sinusoidal fashion during operation. The coil and the metal-sheet package are particularly preferably free from contact. The stator is preferably formed in particular from a prefabricated module, which can be inserted as a single piece. In this way, it is possible in particular for an advantageously compact and easily assemblable stator to be provided. It is possible in particular for a number of components to be kept low. Furthermore, in this way, it is possible to provide an advantageously modular stator. In this context, a “metal-sheet package” is to be understood in particular to mean a core which is composed of multiple lamination parts which are connected to one another and/or which bear against one another. The lamination parts preferably each have the same shape and are connected side-by-side in the same orientation to form a core.
- It is furthermore proposed that the carrier of the drive unit is connected directly to the frame unit and covers a rotor of the drive unit from at least one side. The carrier of the drive unit is preferably screwed directly to the frame unit. Some other form of the connection which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however also be conceivable. The rotor of the drive unit is preferably received in particular in a receptacle region of the frame unit, wherein the receptacle region is open preferably to one, preferably to at least two sides. The carrier is in particular configured for closing off at least one open side of the receptacle region of the frame unit. It is preferable if, in an assembled state, the rotor of the drive unit is at least partially engaged around by the metal-sheet package of the stator. In this way, it is possible in particular for an advantageously easily assemblable toothbrush handpiece to be provided. It is possible in particular to realize an advantageously simple and reliable orientation of the stator relative to the rotor during an assembly process. In this way, it is possible in particular for assembly errors to be avoided.
- It is furthermore proposed that the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one stop element which is configured for limiting a rotation of a rotor of the drive unit out of an initial position. The stop element is preferably configured for limiting an oscillating movement of the rotor. The stop element preferably serves in particular for providing a consistent movement of the rotor. Preferably, the stop element is formed in particular by a mechanical stop, against which the rotor mechanically abuts when it reaches an end position during a movement. In this way, a movement of the rotor can be targetedly limited. It is possible in particular for a movement of the rotor to be targetedly limited in defined fashion. In particular, it is thus possible to prevent damage to the resetting spring, in particular as a result of overloading and/or over-rotation. Furthermore, manual over-rotation of the rotor, for example by an operator, by rotation of the brush attachment can be avoided. It is possible in particular for damage to the toothbrush handpiece to be targetedly avoided.
- It is furthermore proposed that the at least one stop element is formed by a pin which is connected fixedly to the rotor of the drive unit and which is mounted with one end elastically on the frame unit. The pin is preferably inserted radially into an opening of the rotor, in particular of the spindle projection, particularly preferably of the second spindle projection. The pin is preferably arranged in a positionally fixed manner on the rotor, and in particular projects radially out of the rotor. The pin is particularly preferably mounted, with an end averted from the rotor, in the frame unit by means of an elastic sleeve, in particular by means of a rubber sleeve. An advantageously simple stop element can be realized in this way. In particular, an advantageously compact stop element can be provided in this way.
- It is furthermore proposed that the stop element be designed to be integrated directly into the shaft wing. The wings of the shaft wing lie over the spring and damping element, which in turn lies against the frame unit. By means of this arrangement, the movement of the wing of the shaft wing is limited, which corresponds to a limitation of the movement of the rotor, because the rotor is directly connected to the shaft wing, or the shaft wing is mounted onto the rotor.
- It is furthermore proposed that the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one rotor cover which is connected fixedly to the frame unit and which, together with the frame unit, is configured for the support and/or fixation of a rotor of the drive unit. The rotor of the drive unit is preferably received in particular in a receptacle region of the frame unit, wherein the receptacle region is open preferably to one, preferably to at least two sides. It is preferable for at least one open side of the receptacle region of the frame unit to be closed off by a carrier of the drive unit, wherein the rotor cover closes off in particular the second open side. Preferably, the rotor cover is screwed to the frame unit. Some other form of the connection which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however also be conceivable. It is particularly preferable if both the rotor cover and the frame unit form at least a semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving at least one spindle projection of the rotor. The rotor is preferably mounted directly between the frame unit and the rotor cover. Advantageously simple and fast assembly can be achieved in this way. It is possible in particular for an advantageous cover and bearing arrangement of the rotor to be provided. Furthermore, it is possible in particular for advantageously fast and positionally accurate installation of the rotor to be ensured. The rotor cover and the frame unit preferably furthermore serve for bearing and/or sealing off the spindle of the interface. The spindle is preferably mounted by means of a seal in a spindle receptacle which is made up of a semicircular spindle receptacle of the frame unit and a semicircular spindle receptacle of the rotor cover.
- It is furthermore proposed that the at least one stop elements implemented integrally with the rotor cover. The stop element preferably forms a projection which is implemented integrally with the rotor cover and which faces toward the rotor. It is preferable here if the shape of the projection is adapted to the end positions of the rotor. Preferably, the stop element is formed in particular by a protuberance in the rotor cover. An advantageously simple stop element can be realized in this way. It is possible in particular for an advantageously easily assemblable stop element to be provided. Furthermore, it is possible in particular for a stop element to be provided which is advantageously robust and easy to produce. It is preferably possible in particular for a separate stop element to be provided. In particular, it is merely necessary for a shape of the rotor cover to be adapted.
- The handpiece or the spindle 110 is, in at least one operating state, operated with a frequency of 200 Hz to 320 Hz, preferably of 240 Hz to 280 Hz. The angle of deflection of the spindle 110 to each side of the zero position lies in particular in a range from 2.5° to 9°, preferably from 4° to 7°.
- The invention furthermore proceeds from a method for producing an electric toothbrush handpiece.
- The invention furthermore proceeds from an electric toothbrush having the electric toothbrush handpiece and having the brush attachment.
- The invention furthermore proceeds from a system having a first electric toothbrush handpiece with a first interface, having a second electric toothbrush handpiece with a second interface which differs from the first interface, and having a brush attachment with an interface receptacle for receiving the first interface and the second interface. The first interface and the second interface preferably have differing shapes and/or dimensions, wherein the brush attachment is suitable for captively receiving the first interface and the second interface. Owing to the embodiment according to the invention of the system, the brush attachment can be utilized in particular for different toothbrush handpieces. It is possible in particular to realize universal use of the brush attachment.
- In this context, the expressions “axial” and “radial” are in particular in relation to a main extent axis of the brush attachment and/or of the electric toothbrush handpiece, such that the expression “axial” refers in particular to a direction which runs parallel or coaxially with respect to one of the main extent axes. Furthermore, the expression “radial” hereinafter refers in particular to a direction which runs perpendicular to one of the main extent axes. It is preferable if the main extent axis of the brush attachment runs parallel to the main extent axis of the electric toothbrush handpiece. Here, a “main extent axis” of an object is to be understood in particular to mean an axis which runs parallel to a longest edge of a smallest geometrical rectangular cuboid which just completely encloses the object, and which in particular intersects a geometrical central point of the object.
- Furthermore, the expressions “top side” or “front side” of the toothbrush are to be understood in this context to mean in particular that side of the toothbrush on which the thumb is placed. The top side or front side is normally also the side toward which the bristle array, in particular of the brush head of the brush attachment, is directed. The “bottom side” or “rear side” of the toothbrush is to be understood in particular to mean that side which is averted from the bristle array of the brush head. Furthermore, the expressions “left-hand side” and “right-hand side” are each in relation to a view directed onto the front side. The “bottom side of the head plate” refers to that side which is placed into the recess of the base body and which points in the direction of the bottom side of the toothbrush. Correspondingly, the “top side of the head plate” points in the direction of the top side of the toothbrush.
- Here, it is not the intention for the brush attachment according to the invention, the electric toothbrush handpiece, the electric toothbrush, the system and the method to be restricted to the use and embodiment described above. In particular in order to perform a function described herein, the brush attachment according to the invention, the electric toothbrush handpiece, the electric toothbrush, the system and the method may have a number of individual elements, components and units which differs from a number stated herein.
- Further advantages will emerge from the following description of the drawings. Two exemplary embodiments of the invention are illustrated in the drawings. The drawings, the description and the claims include numerous features in combination. The design variants presented in this document are self-evidently exemplary. Within the scope of the invention, the individual implementations and elements of these design variants may be combined with other design variants without departing from the scope of this invention. A person skilled in the art will therefore expediently also consider the features individually and combine them to form further meaningful combinations.
- In the figures:
-
FIG. 1 shows a brush attachment according to the invention with a brush head and with an interface receptacle in a first 3D view, -
FIG. 2 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the interface receptacle in a second 3D view, -
FIG. 3 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a third 3D view, -
FIG. 4 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the brush head in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 5 shows the brush attachment according to the invention with the brush head in a plan view from the side, -
FIG. 6 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view from the rear, -
FIG. 7 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the interface receptacle, -
FIG. 8 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the brush head, -
FIG. 9 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration along the section line IX-IX, -
FIG. 10 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration along the section line X-X, -
FIG. 11 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line, -
FIG. 12 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XII-XII, -
FIG. 13 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XIII-XIII, -
FIG. 14 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XIV-XIV, -
FIG. 15 shows the brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XV-XV, -
FIG. 16 shows a toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a housing and with an interface in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 17 shows the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the housing and with the interface in a plan view from the side, -
FIG. 18 shows the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the housing and with the interface in a plan view from the rear, -
FIG. 19 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a first 3D view, -
FIG. 20 shows the electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a second 3D view, -
FIG. 21 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 22 shows an electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handpiece and with the brush attachment in a partially sectional illustration from the side, -
FIG. 23 shows the brush attachment with a first bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the side, -
FIG. 24 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative second bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 25 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative third bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 26 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fourth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 27 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fifth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 28 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative sixth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 29 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative seventh bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 30 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative eighth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 31 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative ninth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 31 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative ninth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view, -
FIG. 32 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative tenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 32 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative tenth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view, -
FIG. 33 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative eleventh bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 33 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative eleventh bristle array arrangement in a 3D view, -
FIG. 34 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative twelfth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 34 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative twelfth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view, -
FIG. 35 a shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative thirteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 35 b shows the brush head of the brush attachment with the alternative thirteenth bristle array arrangement in a 3D view, -
FIG. 36 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fourteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 37 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative fifteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 38 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative sixteenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 39 shows the brush head of the brush attachment with an alternative seventeenth bristle array arrangement in a plan view from the front, -
FIG. 40 shows a part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a frame unit, with an energy store, with a drive unit and with the interface in a first 3D view, -
FIG. 41 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in a second 3D view, -
FIG. 42 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view, -
FIG. 43 shows the part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view, -
FIG. 44 shows a part of the toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with an alternative energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface in a third 3D view, -
FIG. 45 shows an alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a plan view directed along a longitudinal axis onto the interface receptacle, -
FIG. 46 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration corresponding to the section line IX-IX as perFIG. 8 of the first example embodiment, -
FIG. 47 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a longitudinal sectional illustration corresponding to the section line X-X as perFIG. 8 of the first example embodiment, -
FIG. 48 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XLVIII-XLVIII, -
FIG. 49 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line XLIX-XLIX, -
FIG. 50 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line L-L, -
FIG. 51 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line LI-LI, -
FIG. 52 shows the alternative brush attachment according to the invention in a cross-sectional illustration along the section line LII-LII, -
FIG. 53 shows a part of an alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with a frame unit, with an energy store, with a drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in a first 3D view, -
FIG. 54 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in a second 3D view, -
FIG. 55 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view, -
FIG. 56 shows the part of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit and with the interface and a frame unit of the charging coil in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view, -
FIG. 57 shows the part of an alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention with the frame unit, with the energy store, with the drive unit which has a resetting unit which is composed of a shaft wing and a spring and damping element, with the interface and with a frame unit of the charging coil in a sectional illustration along LVII-LVII through the shaft wing and the spring and damping element, -
FIG. 58 shows the shaft wing and the spring and damping element of the drive unit of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention in an exploded illustration in the first 3D view, and -
FIG. 59 shows the shaft wing and the spring and damping element of the drive unit of the alternative toothbrush handpiece according to the invention in an exploded illustration in the second 3D view. -
FIGS. 1 to 15 show abrush attachment 10 a. Thebrush attachment 10 a is intended for atoothbrush handpiece 12 a. Thebrush attachment 10 a is intended for anelectric toothbrush handpiece 12 a. Thebrush attachment 10 a is implemented of an exchangeable brush. Thebrush attachment 10 a and/or aninterface receptacle electric toothbrushes 90 a with a pivoting movement or with a vibrating movement. Thebrush attachment 10 a and/or theinterface receptacle - Reference will be made below to
FIGS. 1 to 15 , which show different views of thebrush attachment 10 a. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures. - The
brush attachment 10 a has ahead portion 14 a. Thehead portion 14 a comprises abrush head 16 a. Furthermore, thebrush attachment 10 a has anattachment portion 18 a. Theattachment portion 18 a comprises aninterface receptacle 20 a. Furthermore, thebrush attachment 10 a has aneck portion 22 a arranged between thehead portion 14 a and theattachment portion 18 a. Thehead portion 14 a, theattachment portion 18 a and theneck portion 22 a are in each case spatial portions of thebrush attachment 10 a. Thehead portion 14 a, theattachment portion 18 a and theneck portion 22 a are in each case axial sub-portions of thebrush attachment 10 a Furthermore, thebrush attachment 10 a is advantageously composed of exactly three portions, specifically thehead portion 14 a, theneck portion 22 a and theattachment portion 18 a. The portions advantageously directly adjoin one another. Thehead portion 14 a, theattachment portion 18 a and theneck portion 22 a together extend in an axial direction over theentire brush attachment 10 a. - As viewed from a front side, a general shape of the
brush attachment 10 a forms a profile from a relatively large width in theattachment portion 18 a to a narrowing in theneck portion 22 a to a relatively large width in thehead portion 14 a. Thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a has a narrow, long basic shape. As viewed from a front side, thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a is of substantially elliptical shape. As viewed from the side, thebrush head 16 a has a constant thickness. It would however also be conceivable for thebrush head 16 a to have, as viewed from the side, a profile such as for example an undulating shape or a thickness which increases toward the neck region. Furthermore, additional functional elements such as for example tongue cleaners may influence this dimension of thebrush head 16 a. Without bristles, thebrush head 16 a has a height of 3 mm to 9 mm, preferably of 4 mm to 6 mm. Thebrush head 16 a has no sharp edges. Furthermore, thebrush attachment 10 a is of substantially rotationally symmetrical shape in theneck portion 22 a and in theattachment portion 18 a, wherein a smooth transition occurs, and the rotational symmetry is lost, in the direction of thehead portion 14 a. The transition between theneck portion 22 a and thehead portion 14 a is realized preferably by means of a waisted portion, which forms a minimum diameter of thebrush attachment 10 a. A profile without a waisted portion would however alternatively also be conceivable. The consequence is that thehead portion 14 a takes on a more bulky, less elegant appearance and is less differentiated from theneck portion 22 a. Here, thebrush attachment 10 a is of conical form in theneck portion 22 a, wherein a diameter increases toward theattachment portion 18 a. A conical shape of theneck portion 22 a is continued in theattachment portion 18 a, wherein thebrush attachment 10 a is furthermore, in theattachment portion 18 a, of concave conical form toward a free end. Prior to a free end averted from thebrush head 16 a, thebrush attachment 10 a has a short portion cut in frustoconical shape, which forms a bevel and by means of which adrip edge 108 a is formed. Thedrip edge 108 a forms a hard transition from the bevel into the rounded profile of the outer skin. Thedrip edge 108 a forms a radially outermost edge of thebrush attachment 10 a. Measured as a surface normal with respect to the longitudinal axis, the bevel has an angle of 30° to 70°, preferably of 40° to 60°. Furthermore, as viewed in an axial direction, thedrip edge 108 a has a spacing of 0.5 mm to 4 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 3 mm, to the standing surface. Thedrip edge 108 a furthermore has a diameter of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm. By means of the present design, it is possible for both geometrically relatively large handpieces and also relatively slim handpieces to be coupled in a visually appealing manner to thebrush attachment 10 a. In the case of wide hand parts, thedrip edge 108 a and the bevel form a termination, whereas, in the case of slim hand parts, thedrip edge 108 a and the bevel form a transition. Furthermore, thedrip edge 108 a has the function whereby, when thebrush attachment 10 a is standing on a standing surface, liquid advantageously drips off the drip edge. Furthermore, by means of thedrip edge 108 a, less liquid runs in the direction of the standing surface, and thus, in the installed state, it is also the case that less liquid flows in the direction of theinterface 24 a. - The standing surface is formed at a free end, averted from the brush head, of the
attachment portion 18 a. Abase body 26 a of thebrush attachment 10 a forms the standing surface. The standing surface is formed by a ring-shaped surface of thebase body 26 a which is arranged around the longitudinal axis. Here, the surface has a width of 0.5 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. Furthermore, an outer diameter of the standing surface amounts to 9 mm to 17 mm, preferably 11 mm to 15 mm, and an inner diameter amounts to 7 mm to 15 mm, preferably 9 mm to 13 mm. The standing surface makes it possible for thebrush attachment 10 a to be set down on a planar surface such that amain extent direction 98 a of thebrush attachment 10 a extends substantially perpendicular to the surface. The question of whether the standing surface can perform its function effectively is dependent on various factors which influence the center of gravity, for example a configuration of thebristle array 43 a, in particular of the bristle length, and/or a mass distribution in the body. - The
brush attachment 10 a has an axial length of 50 mm to 110 mm, preferably of 70 mm to 90 mm. Furthermore, thebrush attachment 10 a has, in thehead portion 14 a, a width of 7 mm to 16 mm, preferably of 10 mm to 14 mm. In theneck portion 22 a, thebrush attachment 10 a has a width of 3 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm. In theneck portion 18 a, the brush attachment has a width of 12 mm to 20 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 18 mm. - Furthermore, the
brush attachment 10 a has a supportingbase body 26 a. The supportingbase body 26 a has a hard component. The supportingbase body 26 a is composed of a hard component. It would however basically also be conceivable for the base body to be composed of multiple different hard components. In particular, it would thus be possible to realize different characteristics in different body parts of thebase body 26 a by means of the various components. For example, it would be possible for theinterface receptacle 20 a to be formed from a material for a good form and good characteristics of theinterface receptacle 20 a, whereas thehead portion 14 a itself is composed of a second material which is more resistant to chemical oral hygiene agents such as toothpaste. Alternatively, use may be made of plastics of varying density or else of specific masterbatch with different density. For vibrating toothbrushes such as sonic, ultrasonic etc., the weight distribution in the product may be of extremely high relevance for the propagation of the vibrations. For example, it would be possible for components of thebase body 26 a or else other components to be designed to be of high density in order to increase the weight in order to optimize vibration. Furthermore, by means of heavy regions, a certain weight distribution can be realized in order to obtain optimum vibration. For example, with a second, heavy hard material, in particular 2-component injection molding, it is preferably even possible for a ring to be introduced by injection molding on the inside so as not to be visible. Three hard components, and/or a combination with soft components, are furthermore also conceivable. The supportingbase body 26 a forms a supporting structure of thebrush attachment 10 a. The supportingbase body 26 a forms a supporting structure of thebrush head 16 a. Furthermore, the supportingbase body 26 a forms a supporting delimitation of theinterface receptacle 20 a. Furthermore, thebrush head 16 a is coupled substantially rigidly to theinterface receptacle 20 a by means of the supportingbase body 26 a. The supportingbase body 26 a extends from theattachment portion 18 a via theneck portion 22 a to thehead portion 14 a. Thebase body 26 a is implemented as a single piece. It would however basically also be conceivable for thebase body 26 a to be at least partially interrupted, and for thebrush attachment 10 a to have, for example, a movable joint by means of which thebrush head 16 a is movably mounted. - The
brush attachment 10 a may also be formed only from hard components, or be composed only of abase body 26 a without overmold 32 a. - Furthermore, the
brush attachment 10 a has anovermold 32 a. Theovermold 32 a is composed of a different material than thebase body 26 a. Theovermold 32 a has a soft component. Theovermold 32 a is composed of a soft component. Theovermold 32 a and thebase body 26 a are produced in a multi-component injection molding process. In principle, however, some other production method that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. Theovermold 32 a encloses a substantial part of an outer surface of thebase body 26 a. In the region of a front side of thebrush head 16 a, thebase body 26 a is free from theovermold 32 a. In this way, it is possible in particular for an introduction of bristles to be made possible more effectively. It would however also be conceivable for thebrush head 16 a to be equipped with soft elements composed of the soft component of theovermold 32 a. Furthermore, thebase body 26 a is free from theovermold 32 a in the region of theinterface receptacle 20 a. Furthermore, thebase body 26 a has, on a rear side of thebrush head 26 a, asupport region 92 a which is free from theovermold 32 a. Thesupport region 92 a serves in particular for supporting thebrush head 16 a during an introduction of bristles into thebase body 26 a and/or during the overmolding of thebase body 26 a. Here, theovermold 32 a would deflect, and, in the process, would not allow accurate positioning for a bristle-fitting process. Additionally, a tongue cleaner could also be realized on the rear side of thebrush head 26 a. The tongue cleaner may for example have studs and/or lamellae, in particular in circles or in a straight line, or undulating longitudinal or transverse strips, and be produced from a hard component, a soft component or hard and soft components. In the case of soft components being used, the soft component may be formed for example as a ring around thesupport region 92 a. Furthermore, thebase body 26 a has, in theneck portion 22 a, alogo region 94 a which is free from theovermold 32 a. Thelogo region 94 a serves in particular for the application of a print to thebase body 26 a, for example by pad printing, laser labelling or embossment. Alternatively, a labelling may be realized already as a labelling insert in the injection molding tool. Here, the labelling is realized as recessed or elevated lettering. A secondary function of thelogo region 94 a is furthermore support for accurate positioning of thebase body 26 a in the injection molding tool during the injection of a second component, or the soft component, for theovermold 32 a. - The
interface receptacle 20 a has multiplepartial receptacle regions interface receptacle 20 a is divided into multiplepartial receptacle regions interface receptacle 20 a has a first, substantially rectangular-cuboidalpartial receptacle region 36 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a forms a partial receptacle region of theinterface receptacle 20 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a is configured for receiving a tip of theinterface 24 a of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a is configured for receiving a front, free spindle region of aspindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a forms a partial receptacle region, facing toward thebrush head 16 a, of theinterface receptacle 20 a. Furthermore, the first, substantially rectangular-cuboidalpartial receptacle region 36 a has a narrowing 42 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a narrows radially from at least one side at the narrowing 42 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a narrows radially from two opposite sides at the narrowing 42 a. Here, the narrowing 42 a is formed by two oppositely situated bevelled shoulders. Here, a cross section of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a decreases in an axial direction toward thebrush head 16 a. On a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has an axial length of 2 mm to 7 mm, preferably of 3.5 mm to 5 mm. On a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has an axial length of 5 mm to 11 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 9 mm. A rear side of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, a maximum spacing of 0.5 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 2 mm, to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. Furthermore, the rear side of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, a maximum spacing of 0.8 mm to 1.6 mm, preferably of 1.1 mm to 1.4 mm, to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. Furthermore, the front side of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, a maximum spacing of 0.8 mm to 1.6 mm, preferably of 1.1 mm to 1.4 mm, to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. The sides of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a have, on a side of the narrowing 42 a facing toward the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, a maximum spacing of 0.5 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 2 mm, to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. Furthermore, the sides of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a have, on a side of the narrowing 42 a averted from the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a, a maximum spacing of 1 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 1.3 mm to 1.7 mm, to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a has a certain “taper” owing to the required demoldability during the production process, in particular during the injection molding process. The clamping of thespindle 110 a occurs in the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. Thespindle 110 a does not however lie completely thereon, because complementary geometries with an air gap in between are formed. For example, the spindle has, as viewed in a cross section, a rounded geometry, which is arranged in a polygonal part of the interface geometry. - Furthermore, the interface receptacle has a second, substantially cylindrical
partial receptacle region 38 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a projects axially at least partially into the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a is arranged so as to axially fully overlap the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a is arranged axially entirely within the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a is arranged at an end of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a which is averted from the end of theinterface receptacle 20 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a terminates, on a side facing toward the opening of theinterface receptacle 20 a, together with the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. A maximum cross section of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a perpendicular to amain extent direction 98 a of thebrush attachment 10 a is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a is eccentric in relation to the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a projects, in a region of overlap with the second pressure receptacle region, with at least two edges axially through the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a projects, in a region of overlap with the second pressure receptacle region, with at least two edges radially out of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. Furthermore, the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a has a narrowing 100 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a narrows from at least one side radially toward the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a at the narrowing 100 a. Here, the narrowing 100 a is formed by a bevelled shoulder. The narrowing 100 a has an angle of 25° to 65°, preferably of 35° to 55°, with respect to the longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. A minimum spacing of the narrowing to the longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a amounts to 0.3 mm to 1.5 mm, preferably 0.5 mm to 1 mm. The narrowing has an axial length of 0.2 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm. Here, a cross section of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a decreases in an axial direction toward thebrush head 16 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a and the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a are jointly of mirror-symmetrical form. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a has, on a side averted from thebrush head 16 a, a diameter of 2 mm to 6 mm, preferably of 3.5 mm to 5 mm. Furthermore, the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a has a length of 2 mm to 6 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to 4.5 mm. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a is partially slightly inclined relative to a longitudinal axis of thebrush attachment 10 a. Here, the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a or the side walls thereof, has an angle of 0.5° to 5°, preferably of 1° to 3°, with respect to the longitudinal axis. Furthermore, on a side facing toward thebrush head 16 a, the second partial receptacle region forms a bevel toward the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The secondpartial receptacle region 38 a serves for receiving thespindle 110 a and for guiding thespindle 110 a into the correct position in theinterface receptacle 20 a. For this purpose, thespindle 110 a is, at this location, of rounded form on one side, in the direction of the rear side, and has a flattened portion on the front side. - Furthermore, the
interface receptacle 20 a has a third, frustoconicalpartial receptacle region 40 a. The thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a axially directly adjoins the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. The thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a has no overlap with the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a and the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. Furthermore, the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a is arranged at least approximately coaxially with respect to the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. Preferably, the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a directly adjoins the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a and the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. The thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a adjoins the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a and the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a on a side facing toward the opening of theinterface receptacle 20 a. Preferably, theinterface receptacle 20 a comprises a union of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a, the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a and the thirdpartial receptacle region 38 a. A maximum cross section of the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a perpendicular to themain extent direction 98 a of thebrush attachment 10 a is larger than a corresponding maximum cross section of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. At an end averted from the secondpartial receptacle region 26 a, the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a has a diameter of 5 mm to 13 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 11 mm. At an end facing toward the secondpartial receptacle region 26 a, the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a has a diameter of 4 mm to 12 mm, preferably of 6 mm to 10 mm. Furthermore, the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a has an axial length of 3 mm to 11 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 9 mm. The thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a is substantially rotationally symmetrical. - Furthermore, the
interface receptacle 20 a has a fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a has a frustoconical shape, wherein a lateral surface of thepartial receptacle region 96 a is concavely curved. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a axially directly adjoins the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a. Furthermore, the fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a is arranged approximately coaxially with respect to the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a directly adjoins the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a. On a side facing toward the opening of theinterface receptacle 20 a, the fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a adjoins the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a forms the opening of theinterface receptacle 20 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a serves for receiving a shank of theinterface 24 a of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a forms the location at which aspindle 110 a of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a is inserted into thebrush attachment 10 a. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a serves as an insertion aid and starts with a small shoulder in relation to the standing surface. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a has, at a free end, a diameter of 7 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 13 mm. At a transition to the thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a, the fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a has a diameter of 5 mm to 13 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 11 mm. Furthermore, the fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a axially has a length of 1 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 1.5 mm to 3.5 mm. The fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a is substantially rotationally symmetrical. The thirdpartial receptacle region 40 a and the fourthpartial receptacle region 96 a serve for receiving a cam of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. If no cam is present, thespindle 110 a is guided through the “space” through which it can be guided, because thespindle 110 a generally has a smaller volume than a cam. - The
interface receptacle 20 a is formed by a universal interface receptacle. Theinterface receptacle 20 a is suitable for receiving at least twodifferent interfaces 24 a ofdifferent toothbrush handpieces 12 a. Theinterface receptacle 20 a therefore fits withinterfaces 24 a of different shape and/or dimensions. The supportingbase body 26 a, which partially adjoins theinterface receptacle 20 a, has aclamping unit 28 a for this purpose. The clampingunit 28 a is configured for being elastically deflected for the purposes of receiving aninterface 24 a of atoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The clampingunit 28 a is configured for clamping thespindle 110 a. The clampingunit 28 a directly adjoins theinterface receptacle 20 a. The clampingunit 28 a is arranged axially in a region of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The clampingunit 28 a is arranged axially entirely in a region of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. Furthermore, the clampingunit 28 a is arranged partially axially in a region of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. - The clamping
unit 28 a has an at least partiallyfreestanding clamping wall interface receptacle 20 a. The clampingunit 28 a has two partiallyfreestanding clamping walls interface receptacle 20 a on opposite sides. The clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 a. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 a of theinterface receptacle 20 a is delimited to two opposite sides by the clampingwalls walls base body 26 a. The clampingwalls base body 26 a by means of slots and apertures with respect to theinterface receptacle 20 a, which slots and apertures extend in each case parallel to the longitudinal axis. In each case proceeding from theinterface receptacle 20 a, the slots are arranged behind the clampingwalls walls interface receptacle 20 a. The slots and apertures each have a length of 6.5 mm to 9 mm, preferably of 7 mm to 8 mm. The overall dimension of slot together with the width of the clamping wall amounts to 1 mm to 2.5 mm, preferably 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm. The apertures each have a height of 0.02 mm to 0.3 mm, preferably of 0.05 mm to 0.15 mm, and a width of 0.1 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.15 mm to 0.3 mm. The clampingwalls brush attachment 10 a is attached to atoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The clampingwalls unit 28 a extend axially in aninsertion direction 102 a of theinterface 24 a beyond the narrowing 42 a of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The clampingwalls unit 28 a are, in theinsertion direction 102 a, arranged axially behind the narrowing 100 a of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 a. Theovermold 32 a directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clampingwalls plane 34 a. Theovermold 32 a encloses the clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 a. The clampingwalls overmold 32 a. As viewed radially from theinterface receptacle 20 a, theovermold 32 a is situated behind the clampingwalls base body 26 a has, behind the clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 a, in each case one two-stage recess which becomes narrower toward the inside and wider toward the outside. In a region of the apertures of thebase body 26 a which have been formed by injection molding by means of theovermold 32 a, theovermold 32 a directly adjoins theinterface receptacle 20 a. Theovermold 32 a serves for cushioning an elastic deflection of the clampingwalls walls walls walls spindle 110 a, they lie flat against thespindle 110 a. Thespindle 110 a is of laterally flat design in the region of the clampingwalls walls - A clamping force imparted by the clamping
walls spindle 110 a and the dimensions of thespindle 110 a. Clamping occurs not by means of punctiform contact but by means of areal contact of the parts. In parallel with the lateral clamping, there is automatically also a certain facility for clamping of the element on the rear side, between the two apertures. A desired clamping force of the clampingwalls - It would basically also be conceivable for the free spaces around the inner geometry not to be filled with
overmold 32 a. This could in particular constitute a single-component solution, for example by virtue of thebrush attachment 10 a being composed only of a hard component, and technical geometries, such as in particular the clampingwalls inexpensive brush attachment 10 a could be created in this way. Furthermore, a further facility for ventilation during the insertion of thespindle 110 a can be created. - Furthermore, the clamping
unit 28 a has a partiallyfreestanding clamping web 104 a. The clampingweb 104 a is arranged axially at the height of the clampingwalls web 104 a delimits the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a of theinterface receptacle 20 a to a third side. The clampingweb 104 a of the clampingunit 28 a extends axially in aninsertion direction 102 a of theinterface 24 a beyond the narrowing 42 a of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. Theovermold 32 a directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clampingweb 104 a in at least oneplane 34 a. Theovermold 32 a encloses the clampingweb 104 a in a radial direction on a side averted from theinterface receptacle 20 a. - The
overmold 32 a has various functions. By means of theovermold 32 a, a high level of flexibility of the clamping, and of the resetting, can be achieved. Furthermore, it is generally possible for improved grip of thebrush attachment 10 a to be realized. Furthermore, in the assembled state, theovermold 32 a has sealing functions for example of theinterface receptacle 20 a with respect to the environment. Furthermore, theovermold 32 a serves for damping of thebrush head 16 a. The possible molding of a tongue cleaner out of the overmold has already been discussed. - Furthermore, the clamping
unit 28 a has a clampingelevation 106 a which projects at least partially into theinterface receptacle 20 a. The clampingelevation 106 a is realized as an elevation on an inner wall, which delimits theinterface receptacle 20 a, of thebase body 26 a. The clampingelevation 106 a is arranged axially entirely in a region of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The clampingelevation 106 a is, in theinsertion direction 24 a, arranged axially behind the narrowing 42 a of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The clampingelevation 106 a is at an axial distance of at least 1 mm, preferably at least 1.5 mm and preferably at most 3 mm, particularly preferably at most 2.5 mm, from the narrowing 42 a. The clampingelevation 106 a extends axially as far as an end of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. For the purposes of demoldability, the clampingelevation 106 a extends axially as far as an end of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 a. The clampingelevation 106 a has an axial length of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 7 mm. Furthermore, the clampingelevation 106 a has a width of 0.7 mm to 1.8 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.5 mm, and a height of 0.04 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably of 0.06 mm to 0.3 mm. The clampingelevation 106 a furthermore has a spacing to the central axis of 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm, preferably of 1 mm to 1.3 mm. The clampingelevation 106 a is arranged on a side the clampingweb 104 a of the clampingunit 28 a. The clampingelevation 106 a is arranged on a rear side of the firstpartial receptacle region 38 a. The clampingelevation 106 a extends partially axially beyond the clampingweb 104 a. A pulling-off force of the brush attachment can be set through adaptation of a height of the clampingelevation 106 a. The clampingelevation 106 a therefore serves for settability of the retention force and for clamping of thespindle 110 a in theinterface receptacle 20 a. A contact surface of thespindle 110 a with respect to the clampingelevation 106 a preferably has a corrugation and/or roughening. - An illustrated
hole array 109 a of thebrush head 16 a in thebase body 26 a is, as illustrated, designed for the use of conventional filaments. Thehole array 109 a has three regions. Thehole array 109 a has a front region, which is directed toward the free end. The front region has two transverse rows. A foremost row has two holes, whereas a second row has three holes. Thehole array 109 a has an increasing number of holes toward a central region of thehole array 109 a. The central region of thehole array 109 a is arranged in the center of thehole array 109 a and has five transverse rows. The transverse rows each have four holes. Furthermore, thehole array 109 a has a rear region, which is directed toward the brush neck. The rear region has three transverse rows. A first transverse row, adjoining the central region, has three holes. This is followed by a further row with three holes. At the free end, another transverse row with two holes is provided. The number of holes decreases toward theneck portion 22 a. In order that the different regions can be created, the holes are arranged in transverse rows in order that a displacement and thus cutting/profiling of the bristles is possible. -
FIG. 23 shows thebrush head 16 a with aconventional bristle array 43 a with a conventional arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.1 a. Here, in particular, different implementations of thebristle array 43 a in thehole array 109 a are conceivable. For example, bundles of bristles with a pointed and with a rounded cylindrical end may be provided, wherein thebristle array 43 a may provide identical bristle bundles 44.1 a and/or asymmetrically punched bristle bundles 44 a. Furthermore, a central ridge may be formed in thebristle array 43 a, wherein thebristle array 43 a is in this case composed in particular of cylindrical filaments. Here, a section is in particular implemented such that the front and the rear end are elevated and an elevation and/or a ridge is likewise formed in the center of thebristle array 43 a. The central ridge may in this case be realized both by means of flat bristle bundles 44.1 a, wherein a profiling is realized by means of multiple small steps, and by means of bristle bundles 44.1 a cut at an angle, as shown inFIG. 23 . It would alternatively also be conceivable for the ridge to be formed as a relatively tall bundle transverse row, wherein a front and rear end of the bundle transverse row is cut obliquely. As filaments for the bristle bundles 44.1 a, various filaments that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable, for example 2-component filaments, Stain Devil filaments (of Perlon®), charcoal or spiral/twister filaments in a bristle array of a sonic brush. - Further bristle fitting methods that appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are furthermore also conceivable. For example, it would be conceivable for recesses for AFT plates or for the PTt process to be provided in the
brush head 16 a. In particular, it would be conceivable for the bristle fitting method to be designed specifically for pivoting and sonic movements. This may be realized for example by means of the PTt process, because here, a minimal head thickness is required, and therefore less “material” is required. It is thus possible to realize a small spacing of the bristles from the edge. - Furthermore, further alternative designs and arrangements of the bristle bundles 44.1 a.1 of the
bristle array 43 a are also conceivable.FIGS. 24 to 39 show, by way of example, different alternative embodiments and arrangements of bristle bundles 44.2 a; 44.3 a; 44.4 a; 44.5 a; 44.6 a; 44.7 a; 44.8 a; 44.9 a; 44.10 a; 44.11 a; 44.12 a; 44.13 a; 44.14 a; 44.15 a; 44.16 a; 44.17 a of thebristle array 43 a for thebrush head 16 a. Here, thebrush head 16 a has in each case one bristlearray 43 a with at least two significantly differing bristle bundles 44.2 a; 44.3 a; 44.4 a; 44.5 a; 44.6 a; 44.7 a; 44.8 a; 44.9 a; 44.10 a; 44.11 a; 44.12 a; 44.13 a; 44.14 a; 44.15 a; 44.16 a; 44.17 a. The bristle bundles 44.2 a; 44.3 a; 44.4 a; 44.5 a; 44.6 a; 44.7 a; 44.8 a; 44.9 a; 44.10 a; 44.11 a; 44.12 a; 44.13 a; 44.14 a; 44.15 a; 44.16 a; 44.17 a in this case differ in each case with regard to a shape and/or an orientation. -
FIG. 24 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative second arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 a.2 of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.2 a are each formed by ridges. The bristle bundles 44.2 a are each formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved and have different lengths. Here, a bend is in particular individual and may basically also vary within abristle array 43 a and/or within the bristle bundle 44.2 a. One of the bristle bundles 44.2 a has a ring shape. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44.2 a is curved around the rind-shaped bristle bundle 44.2 a, whereas a proportion of the bristle bundles 44.2 a is curved away from the ring-shaped bristle bundle 44.2 a. -
FIG. 25 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative third arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.3 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.3 a are each formed by ridges. The bristle bundles 44.3 a are each formed by ridges which; in a longitudinal profile; are curved. One of the bristle bundles 44.3 a has a rind shape. A remainder of the bristle bundles 44.3 a are curved around the ring-shaped bristle bundle 44.3 a. -
FIG. 26 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative fourth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.4 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.4 a are in each case partially formed by ridges. Furthermore, two of the bristle bundles 44.4 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44.4 a is curved around the circular bristle bundles 44.4 a, whereas a proportion of the bristle bundles 44.4 a is curved away from the circular bristle bundles 44.4 a. -
FIG. 27 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative fifth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.5 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.5 a are in each case partially formed by ridges. Furthermore, two of the bristle bundles 44.5 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. The ridge-like bristle bundles 44.5 a are curved around the circular bristle bundles 44.5 a. -
FIG. 28 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative sixth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.6 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.6 a in each case partially have an arrow shape, wherein the tips are directed outward. In this way, an advantageous cleaning action can be achieved, in particular in the case of use on a sonic toothbrush or a toothbrush with a reciprocating pivoting movement. Furthermore, several of the bristle bundles 44.6 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. -
FIG. 29 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative seventh arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.7 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.7 a are formed by conventional circular bundles, wherein a size of the bristle bundles 44.7 a varies and the distribution is at least partially random. The distribution in particular has no axis of symmetry parallel to the main directions of the toothbrush. Also integrated are two bristle bundles 44.7 a situated one inside the other, wherein one is designed as a circular-ring-shaped bundle, and the other is shaped as a conventional circular bundle situated inside the circular-ring-shaped bundle. -
FIG. 30 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative eighth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.8 a of thebristle array 43 a. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44.8 a is formed by conventional circular bundles, wherein a size of the bristle bundles 44.8 a varies. A further proportion of the bristle bundles 44.8 a has an open-die implementation. -
FIGS. 31 a and 31 b show thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative ninth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.9 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.9 a are each formed by ridges. The bristle bundles 44.9 a are each formed by ridges which are of undulating form in a longitudinal profile and/or an end profile. The number of undulation peaks and troughs is in particular variable. It is possible for different undulations to be provided in thesame bristle array 43 a. The ridges have in each case partially different inclined positions, wherein the angle of the inclined positions in the bristle bundles 44.9 a relative to a normal of thebrush head 16 a increases toward the front and rear end of thebristle array 43 a, and the bristle bundles 44.9 a of the central ridges stand more vertically. -
FIGS. 32 a and 32 b show thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative tenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44 a.10 of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.10 a have an elongate basic shape and have in each case partially different inclined positions. The transversely arranged ridges with an inclined position, considered together, form an X shape when the bristle array is viewed in a longitudinal direction. -
FIGS. 33 a and 33 b show thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative eleventh arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.11 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.11 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44.11 a have in each case partially different inclined positions, with an X shape again being formed. -
FIGS. 34 a and 34 b show thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative twelfth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.12 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.12 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44.12 a have in each case partially different inclined positions. The main extent of most ridges is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is embodied symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush. -
FIGS. 35 a and 35 b show thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative thirteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.13 a of thebristle array 43 a. The bristle bundles 44.13 a are each partially formed by ridges which, in a longitudinal profile, are curved. Furthermore, the bristle bundles 44.13 a have in each case partially different inclined positions. The main extent of the ridges is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush, wherein the bend of the individual ridges is embodied symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the toothbrush. -
FIG. 36 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative fourteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.14 a.14 of thebristle array 43 a. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44.14 a is formed by conventional circular bundles. Furthermore, a proportion of the bristle bundles 44.13 a is formed in each case by ridges which are curved in a longitudinal profile and which have in each case partially different inclined positions. -
FIG. 37 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative fifteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.15 a of thebristle array 43 a. Two of the bristle bundles 44.15 a are of elliptical shape. Furthermore, multiple bristle bundles 44.15 a are arranged around the elliptical bristle bundles 44.15 a, which additional bristle bundles have different, in some cases also converging, inclined positions. -
FIG. 38 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative sixteenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.16 a of thebristle array 43 a. A proportion of the bristle bundles 44.16 a has an open-die form configuration and forms in each case the shape of a turbine blade. Furthermore, at least two of the bristle bundles 44.16 a are formed by conventional circular bundles. The freeform bristle bundles 44.16 a are arranged around the circular bristle bundles 44.16 a, -
FIG. 39 shows thebrush head 16 a of thebrush attachment 10 a with an alternative seventeenth arrangement of the bristle bundles 44.17 a of thebristle array 43 a. One of the bristle bundles 44.17 a is of elliptical shape. A remainder of the bristle bundles 44.17 a has an open-die form configuration and forms in each case the shape of a turbine blade. The freeform bristle bundles 44.17 a are arranged around the elliptical bristle bundle 44.17 a. - The bristle bundles 43 a in each case all have a certain symmetry, in particular point symmetry and/or mirror symmetry. Arrangements without symmetry would however basically also be conceivable. Furthermore, yet further arrangements and shapes of the bristle bundles are conceivable, for example in the form of multilevel tufts, wherein the bristle bundles have different heights within the bristle bundle.
-
FIG. 16 shows anelectric toothbrush handpiece 12 a. The toothbrush handpiece 12 a has aninterface 24 a for coupling to thebrush attachment 10 a. Theinterface 24 a has aspindle 110 a for direct engagement into theinterface receptacle 20 a of thebrush attachment 10 a. Thespindle 110 a is formed by a metal shaft. Some other embodiment of thespindle 110 a that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable. Furthermore, thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a has ahousing 46 a. Thehousing 46 a has abase body 112 a composed of a hard component. Thebase body 112 a forms a supporting structure of thehousing 46 a. Thebase body 112 a is implemented as a single piece. In principle, however, a different embodiment that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example a two-shell design, would also be conceivable. Thehousing 46 a furthermore has anovermold 114 a composed of a soft material. Theovermold 114 a is arranged partially on an outer surface of thebase body 112 a. Theovermold 114 a forms a grip region of thehousing 46 a. Furthermore, theelectric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has alid 113 a. Thelid 113 a is configured for closing off thehousing 112 a on a side averted from theinterface 24 a (FIGS. 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 ). - Reference will be made below to
FIGS. 40 to 44 , which show different views of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a, wherein thehousing 46 a and thelid 113 a are omitted from the figures in each case. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures. - Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 a has afix frame unit 52 a arranged in thehousing 46 a. In an assembled state, theframe unit 52 a has been pushed into thehousing 46 a. Theframe unit 52 a is implemented as a single piece. Theframe unit 52 a extends axially over a major part of thehousing 46 a. Theframe unit 52 a is formed by a plastics frame. Theframe unit 52 a is composed of plastic, preferably a polypropylene. Some other embodiment of theframe unit 52 a that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has various geometries, arranged adjacently in a line, for receiving different components of the internal parts of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. Furthermore, theframe unit 52 a has apertures and slots for cables and for the purposes of reducing weight. - Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 a has adrive unit 48 a for driving theinterface 24 a, which is received in thehousing 46 a. Thedrive unit 48 a is configured for driving thespindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a. Thedrive unit 48 a is formed by a motor. Thedrive unit 48 a is implemented of an oscillating armature motor. Theframe unit 52 a at least partially receives thedrive unit 48 a. Theframe unit 52 a fully receives thedrive unit 48 a. Thedrive unit 48 a is installed directly in theframe unit 52 a. In particular, no separate motor assembly is provided. Thedrive unit 48 a has arotor 58 a. Therotor 58 a is configured for performing an oscillating movement. Therotor 58 a has an integrally formedcage element 60 a. Thecage element 60 a is configured for receiving at least onemagnet cage element 60 a is configured for receiving twomagnets magnets cage element 60 a has in each case one receiving region for receiving themagnets cage element 60 a has abase body 64 a, which comprises the at least one receiving region, andspindle projections base body 64 a and which form a rotary spindle of therotor 58 a. Thespindle projections base body 64 a. Afirst spindle projection 66 a is arranged on a side of thebase body 64 a averted from theinterface 24 a. Asecond spindle projection 68 a is arranged on a side of thebase body 64 a facing toward theinterface 24 a. Thesecond spindle projection 68 a is coupled directly to the interface. Thesecond spindle projection 68 a is configured for rotationally conjointly receiving thespindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a. Here, thespindle 110 a can be received for example by means of an interference fit, by adhesive bonding or by welding. Furthermore, therotor 58 a has at least onecover cage element 60 a. Therotor 58 a has at least twocovers cage element 60 a and which in particular simultaneously also serve for diverting the magnetic field. The receiving regions are in each case open to two opposite sides and are closed off by means of thecovers magnets covers base body 64 a of thecage element 60 a. During an assembly process, it is preferably firstly the case that thefirst cover 70 a is connected to thebase body 64 a, themagnets second cover 70 a′ is connected to thebase body 64 a.Bearings rotor 58 a are subsequently installed. Therotor 58 a is received by means of itsbearings frame unit 52 a. The receiving region for therotor 58 a is open to two opposite sides. Thecovers magnets magnets - Furthermore, the
drive unit 48 a has a resettingspring 72 a. The resettingspring 72 a is formed by a helical spring. Some other embodiment of the resetting spring that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example in the form of a spiral spring or leaf spring, would however also be conceivable. The resettingspring 72 a is, by way of a first end, coupled rotationally conjointly to thefirst spindle projection 66 a of therotor 58 a. For this purpose, the resettingspring 72 a engages with a first end into a groove of thefirst spindle projection 66 a of thecage element 60 a, which groove runs radially through an axis of rotation of therotor 58 a. The first end of the resettingspring 72 a is furthermore fixed on thefirst spindle projection 66 a by means of anut 115 a, which is screwed onto thefirst spindle projection 66 a, and by means of aclamping ring 117 a which interacts with said nut. Theclamping ring 117 a serves for optimally distributing, onto the resettingspring 72 a, the force for the fixing by means of thenut 115 a. Furthermore, the resettingspring 72 a is, by way of a second end, fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to theframe unit 52 a by means of a fixingelement 74 a. The resettingspring 72 a is fixed in a variable rotationally fixed manner to theframe unit 52 a with regard to a rotational position. The resettingspring 72 a is designed to be fixable in a rotationally fixed manner to theframe unit 52 a in different rotational positions relative to theframe unit 52 a by means of the fixingelement 74 a. By means of the fixingelement 74 a, an overall rotational position of the resettingspring 72 a relative to theframe unit 52 a can be set in order to compensate for tolerances in the manufacture of the resettingspring 72 a. An initial position of therotor 58 a relative to theframe unit 52 a can be indirectly set. For this purpose, the fixingelement 74 a, receiving the second end of the resettingspring 72 a, is fixed against theframe unit 52 a by means of ascrew 116 a which extends through theframe unit 52 a into the fixingelement 74 a. Here, the second end of the resettingspring 72 a is received in a recess of the fixingelement 74 a. Here, thescrew 116 a is guided through an elongated hole of theframe unit 52 a, such that the fixingelement 74 a can be fixed to theframe unit 52 a in different positions relative to theframe unit 52 a. The second end of the resettingspring 72 a is thus held in a present position. Here, in particular, the second end of the resettingspring 72 a can be fixed in different positions relative to theframe unit 52 a. During an assembly process, it is possible here for the fixingelement 74 a to be preassembled with the resettingspring 52 a, with thescrew 116 a not being tightened. Subsequently, thespindle 110 a or therotor 58 a can be oriented, and thescrew 116 a can be subsequently tightened. The resettingspring 72 a is configured in particular for performing a rotation of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°. - Alternatively, the
screw 116 a may be guided not through an elongated hole but through a simple blind hole. In this way, the settability is lost, such that no orientation is possible. The resettingspring 72 a can however nevertheless be positioned and fixed. - Furthermore, the
drive unit 48 a has astator 76 a. Thestator 76 a comprises acarrier 78 a which is implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package 80 a which is inserted into thecarrier 78 a, and acoil 82 a which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 a. Thestator 76 a comprises thecarrier 78 a which is implemented as a single piece and which is composed of a hard component, the metal-sheet package 80 a which is inserted into thecarrier 78 a, thecoil 82 a which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 a, and a lamination plate cover arranged between thecoil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a. Thestator 76 a is formed as a module. Thecarrier 78 a is formed by a plastics carrier. Thecarrier 78 a is formed by a substantially rectangular-cuboidal carrier which has, on a first side, a rectangular-cuboidal recess for receiving the metal-sheet package 80 a. The metal-sheet package 80 a has a U-shaped cross section, wherein the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a point in each case away from the carrier. The metal-sheet package 80 a is composed of a multiplicity of lamination plates packed side-by-side. The lamination plates are adhesively bonded, pressed, engaged with detent action, or connected in some other way in thecarriers 78 a. Furthermore, thecarrier 78 a has, on a rear side of the recesses, a guide groove for receiving thecoil 82 a. Thecoil 82 a encloses thecarrier 78 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a. Thecoil 82 a is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 a and thecarrier 78 a. Thecoil 82 a is oriented in a longitudinal direction. Thecoil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a are designed to be free from contact. For isolation of thecoil 82 a relative to the metal-sheet package 80 a on a side averted from thecarrier 78 a, thestator 76 a has an isolation plate (not shown in any more detail) which is arranged between thecoil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a. The isolation plate is formed by a lamination plate cover. The isolation plate is composed of plastic. The lamination plate cover is installed by engagement with detent action, adhesive bonding or the like. The isolation plate protects the wire of thecoil 82 a from the edges of the metal-sheet package 80 a and prevents a short circuit between thecoil 82 a and the metal-sheet package 80 a. Thecarrier 78 a of thedrive unit 48 a is connected directly to theframe unit 52 a. Thecarrier 78 a is screwed to theframe unit 52 a. In principle, however, some other connection that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. Thecarrier 78 a covers therotor 58 a of thedrive unit 48 a from one side. Thecarrier 78 a covers a first open side of the receiving region of theframe unit 52 a for therotor 58 a. Furthermore, the metal-sheet package 80 a projects partially into the receiving region of therotor 58 a. The metal-sheet package 80 a engages at least partially around therotor 58 a in an assembled state. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has arotor cover 88 a. The rotor cover 88 a covers therotor 58 a of thedrive unit 48 a from a side situated opposite thecarrier 78 a. The rotor cover 88 a covers a second open side of the receiving region of theframe unit 52 a for therotor 58 a. In an assembled state, therotor 58 a is surrounded directly by thestator 76 a, theframe unit 52 a and therotor cover 88 a. The rotor cover 88 a is formed by a plastics part. The rotor cover 88 a is fixedly connected to theframe unit 52 a The rotor cover 88 a is connected opposite thecarrier 78 a to theframe unit 52 a. The rotor cover 88 a is screwed to theframe unit 52 a. In principle, however, some other form of the connection which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. The rotor cover 88 a is configured together with theframe unit 52 a for bearing and fixing therotor 58 a of thedrive unit 48 a. The rotor cover 88 a and theframe unit 52 a form in each case two semicircular spindle receptacles for receiving therotor 58 a. The semicircular spindle receptacles are formed in each case by corresponding spindle receptacles which together form a complete spindle receptacle. The spindle receptacles are configured in each case for receiving the twospindle projections rotor 58 a by means of in each case one bearing 118 a, 120 a. For this purpose, thebearings bearings spindle projections rotor 58 a relative to theframe unit 52 a. Various embodiments of thebearings rotor 58 a is mounted between theframe unit 52 a and therotor cover 88 a. The rotor cover 88 a is furthermore configured together with theframe unit 52 a for bearing and sealing off thespindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a. For this purpose, therotor cover 88 a and theframe unit 52 a form in each case one semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving asealing ring 122 a and a bearing 124 a for thespindle 110 a. Thespindle 110 a is mounted between therotor cover 88 a and theframe unit 52 a. Various embodiments of the bearing 124 a which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable. For example, it would be conceivable for the bearing 124 a to be formed in each case by a plain bearing composed of plastic or of the material iglidur. The rotor cover 88 a therefore extends axially from thedrive unit 48 a to a point at which the spindle of theinterface 24 a emerges from thehousing 46 a. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has acovering cap 126 a. Thecovering cap 126 a is configured for being pushed over a spindle-side end of therotor cover 88 a and of theframe unit 52 a. In an assembled state, thecovering cap 126 a engages around in each case the spindle-side end of therotor cover 88 a and of theframe unit 52 a. Thecovering cap 126 a serves for further connection and centering of therotor cover 88 a and of theframe unit 52 a relative to one another. Furthermore, thecovering cap 126 a serves for spindle guidance of thespindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a. For this purpose, thespindle 110 a is guided through thecovering cap 126 a. Furthermore, thecovering cap 126 a serves for sealing off a housing interior with respect to theinterface 24 a. Thecovering cap 126 a serves for sealing between thehousing 46 a and theframe unit 52 a. For this purpose, thecovering cap 126 a comprises asealing ring 128 a. - Furthermore, the electric toothbrush handpiece has at least one stop element 84.1 a, 84.2 a. In the exemplary embodiment illustrated, two stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a are disclosed by way of example, wherein it would basically also be possible for only one of the two stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a to be provided. The stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a are configured for limiting a rotation of the
rotor 58 a of thedrive unit 48 a out of an initial position. The stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a form in each case one end stop of therotor 58 a in the case of an oscillating drive movement. The stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a serve in particular for preventing an overextension of the resettingspring 72 a. A first stop element 84.1 a is formed by apin 86 a which is fixedly connected to therotor 58 a of thedrive unit 48 a. Thepin 86 a is inserted radially into anopening 130 a of therotor 58 a. Thepin 86 a is inserted radially into anopening 130 a of thesecond spindle projection 68 a. Thepin 86 a is arranged in a positionally fixed manner on therotor 58 a and projects partially radially out of therotor 58 a. Furthermore, thepin 58 a is, by way of one end, mounted elastically on theframe unit 52 a. Thepin 58 a is, by way of a free end, mounted elastically on theframe unit 52 a. Thepin 58 a is, by way of an end averted from therotor 58 a, mounted by means of anelastic sleeve 132 a in an opening 131 a of theframe unit 52 a. Thesleeve 132 a is formed for example by a silicone sleeve. In principle, however, some other embodiment that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. The stop positions or a maximum angle is defined here by means of the size of the opening 131 a in theframe unit 52 a. - A second stop element 84.2 a is implemented integrally with the
rotor cover 88 a. The second stop element 84.2 a forms a projection which is implemented integrally with therotor cover 88 a and which faces toward therotor 58 a. Here, the shape of the second stop element 84.2 a is adapted to the end positions of therotor 58 a. The second stop element 84.2 a serves as a stop for thebase body 64 a of thecage element 60 a and/or for thecovers rotor 58 a. The second stop element 84.2 a is formed by a protuberance in therotor cover 88 a. It would however basically also be conceivable for the second stop element 84.2 a to be formed by a separate component which is fastened to therotor cover 88 a. - The stop elements 84.1 a, 84.2 a and the corresponding delimiting counterpart elements, that is to say in particular the
openings 130 a, 131 a and thecover 70 a′, are selected/shaped such that a movement out of a zero position is possible only to an extent of 3° to 12°, preferably of 4° to 8°, to each side. - Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 a has an energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a which is received in thehousing 46 a and which serves for supplying energy to thedrive unit 48 a. Theframe unit 52 a receives the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is arranged on a side of thedrive unit 48 a averted from theinterface 24 a. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is clamped radially by lateral holding arms of theframe unit 52 a. Furthermore, a longitudinal displacement of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is prevented by means of the chamber-like construction of theframe unit 52 a. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to thedrive unit 48 a. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is embodied as an accumulator, in particular an NiMh accumulator and/or an Li-ion accumulator. In principle, however, a different embodiment of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example as a battery, would also be conceivable. For example, two different energy stores 50.1 a; 50.2 a are provided, which are used for thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. A first proposed energy store 50.1 a, as illustrated inFIGS. 40, 42 and 43 , is formed by a single energy storage cell. The first proposed energy store 50.1 a is embodied as an AA energy storage cell. A second proposed energy store 50.2 a, as illustrated inFIG. 44 , is formed by three energy storage cells which are connected by means of aframe 134 a of the energy store 50.2 a. Theframe 52 a is, with slight modifications, suitable for receiving both energy stores 50.1 a; 50.2 a. Theframe unit 52 a is configured both for receiving a single AA energy storage cell and for receiving three AAA energy storage cells in theframe 134 a. Theframe 134 a is configured for connecting the three energy storage cells in series. The series connection is realized by means of plates which constitute the contact points with respect to the energy storage cells. An axial extent of theframe 134 a corresponds to an axial extent of the individual AA energy storage cells. - The
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a furthermore has a chargingcoil 54 a for charging of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a. Charging of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a directly by means of a plug-in connection would however basically also be conceivable. The chargingcoil 54 a is implemented of an induction coil. The chargingcoil 54 a is received in thefix frame unit 52 a. Theframe unit 52 a has a receiving region for receiving the chargingcoil 54 a in a positionally fixed manner. The chargingcoil 54 a is held and clamped from the outside by theframe unit 52 a. For this purpose, theframe unit 52 a has at least two to five, preferably at least three to four, holdingarms 55 a, which are formed integrally on a base body of theframe unit 52 a and which secure the position of the chargingcoil 54 a both radially and axially. Theframe unit 52 a preferably has, for example, exactly four holding arms. Some other number of holding elements that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art, in particular also of more than five, is however basically also conceivable. The chargingcoil 54 a is installed in particular along the longitudinal axis. The chargingcoil 54 a is arranged on a side of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a which is averted from thedrive unit 48 a. The chargingcoil 54 a is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a and thedrive unit 48 a. Furthermore, in an assembled state, thelid 113 a engages into the chargingcoil 54 a in order to make it possible for a ferrite core of a charging unit to be positioned in the coil. The chargingcoil 54 a has in particular an inner diameter of 6 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 8 mm to 15 mm, and an outer diameter of 12 mm to 19 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 17 mm. Furthermore, the chargingcoil 54 a has in particular a height of 4 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 10 mm. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a has acircuit board 56 a. Thecircuit board 56 a is configured for controlling thedrive unit 48 a. Thecircuit board 56 a is configured for activating thedrive unit 48 a in sinusoidal fashion during operation. For this purpose, thecircuit board 56 a is coupled to the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is connected by means of lines via thecircuit board 56 a, on which the controller is integrated, to thedrive unit 48 a itself. The energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a is connected to thecoil 82 a which is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 a, wherein thecoil 82 a lies not directly on the metal-sheet package 80 a but lies at one side on thecarrier 78 a and at the other side on the lamination plate cover. In thecoil 82 a, an alternating current is generated which has the effect that an alternating polarity forms at the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a. Themagnets rotor 58 a and are installed by means of thecovers 70 a, 70 d, which optimize the field formed by themagnets rotor 58 a is mounted rotatably within the metal-sheet package 80 a. Owing to the polarization of the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 a, therotor 58 a with themagnets sheet package 80 a is reversed, then therotor 58 a seeks to rotate in the other direction. This gives rise to an oscillating back-and-forth movement of therotor 58 a. The resettingspring 72 a on the rotary spindle ensures the return of therotor 58 a into a zero position, and it furthermore ensures softer movement transitions when the polarity changes. Overall, the resettingspring 72 a is required in order that the movements are possible in the first place, because the forces resulting from the polarization would otherwise be so great that no oscillation would be possible. - What the
circuit board 56 a controls are the energy pulses fed to thedrive unit 48 a. These variables are specifically adapted to the present drive or to the product. In order that smooth running of thedrive unit 48 a is achieved, thedrive unit 48 a is activated in sinusoidal fashion and not with pulses and intervals. - Furthermore, the
circuit board 56 a is coupled to the chargingcoil 54 a. Thecircuit board 56 a is configured for controlling a charging process of the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a. Furthermore, thecircuit board 56 a has anactuating element 136 a which can be actuated through thebase body 112 a of thehousing 46 a and which serves for an activation and/or deactivation of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. Theactuating element 136 a is configured for being actuated through theovermold 114 a of thehousing 46 a. Also provided on thecircuit board 56 a are further elements such as, in particular, lines, resistors, LEDs and/or a control unit. Thecircuit board 56 a is furthermore partially received in positively locking fashion by theframe unit 52 a and extends over a major part of the axial extent of theframe unit 52 a. Thecircuit board 56 a extends at least over the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a and thedrive unit 48 a of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. To receive thecircuit board 56 a in positively locking fashion, theframe unit 52 a has multiple hook-like positive-lockingelements 138 a, which are configured for partially engaging over thecircuit board 56 a in an assembled state. For an installation process, thecircuit board 56 a has, on an outer edge, recesses 140 a which correspond to the positive-lockingelements 138 a and via which thecircuit board 56 a can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-lockingelements 138 a into an end position. During an installation process, thecircuit board 56 a is preferably mounted onto theframe unit 52 a in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein thecircuit board 56 a can be guided past the positive-lockingelements 138 a by means of therecesses 140 a. Thecircuit board 56 a is subsequently pushed under the positive-lockingelements 138 a and thereby fixed. For this purpose, thecircuit board 56 a has separate small cutouts (not visible in any more detail) for the detent engagement in the end position. The positive-lockingelements 138 a additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold thecircuit board 56 a in non-positively locking fashion. At a lower end of thecircuit board 56 a, theframe unit 52 a furthermore has a stop with a ramp, which serves for exact positioning of thecircuit board 56 a. - Tolerances between the
frame unit 52 a and its components and thehousing 46 a must be compensated for in order that firstly theactuating element 136 a, in the assembled state, is in the correct position for the actuation through thehousing 46 a, but secondly also the chargingcoil 54 a is situated optimally in order that the inductive charging process attains an optimum efficiency. Furthermore, tolerances must be compensated in order that theframe unit 52 a is seated firmly in thehousing 46 a and no noises are generated during operation. The length compensation for the compensation of tolerances may be realized through the installation of a compressiblelength compensation element 57 a, for example composed of a compressible plastic, which is fitted for example between chargingcoil 54 a andframe unit 52 a. It would however furthermore also be possible for elastic elements to be integrated on theframe unit 52 a in order to ensure the length compensation. By way of example, flexible elements which are placed under stress, that is to say bent, when thelid 113 a is installed. - Altogether, the
frame unit 52 a may be divided into multiple zones. Theframe unit 52 a has a coil zone. The coil zone forms the first zone as viewed from below, and serves for directly receiving, and for the direct installation of, the chargingcoil 54 a. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has an accumulator zone. The accumulator zone directly adjoins the coil zone and is configured for receiving the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has a spring zone. The spring zone directly adjoins the accumulator zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the resettingspring 72 a and the fixingelement 74 a. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has an oscillating armature zone. The oscillating armature zone directly adjoins the spring zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving thedrive unit 48 a. Theframe unit 52 a is of continuously open form in the region of the oscillating armature zone. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has a spindle zone. The spindle zone directly adjoins the oscillating armature zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving theinterface 24 a or thespindle 110 a of theinterface 24 a. Theframe unit 52 a furthermore has a print zone. The print zone is arranged on a front side of the frame unit and is configured for receiving thecircuit board 56 a. - Fitting of items into the
frame unit 52 a is performed substantially via a rear side. Only thecircuit board 56 a and thestator 76 a are installed from the front. Furthermore, the chargingcoil 54 a and a connecting cap are installed along the longitudinal axis. Thedrive unit 48 a and the energy store 50.1 a; 50.2 a are installed from a rear side of theframe unit 52 a. - During a process of assembly of the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 a, it is preferably the case that, in a first step, all of the internal parts are installed via theframe unit 52 a and are subsequently, in a second step, pressed into thehousing 46 a. Here, theframe unit 52 a is clamped in thehousing 46 a. For this purpose, theframe unit 52 a has detent lugs which engage into detent recesses of thehousing 46 a. Subsequently, in a third step, thelid 113 a is fixed to thehousing 46 a and thus fixes and closes off the internal parts. Thelid 113 a may be both screwed and for example locked by means of a bayonet fastener to thehousing 46 a. -
FIGS. 19 to 22 show anelectric toothbrush 90 a with theelectric toothbrush handpiece 12 a and with thebrush attachment 10 a in an attached state. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures. During an installation of thebrush attachment 10 a onto theelectric toothbrush handpiece 12 a, the correct installation is ensured by means of the shape of thespindle 110 a. During the insertion, the operator knows for example where the front is, in particular by means of the bristles on thebrush attachment 10 a and by means of the design of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a. The geometry in the interior of thebrush attachment 10 a leads to accurate and correct installation owing to the different steps and profiles of theinterface receptacle 20 a and ultimately by means of the guidance of the two flattened portions of thespindle 110 a at the front and at the rear. During the installation process, a free end of thespindle 110 a serves as a stop. - To further stabilize the
brush attachment 10 a on thetoothbrush handpiece 12 a, it is possible to fill the cavity of theinterface receptacle 20 a in the region in which thespindle 110 a emerges from the handpiece housing. This may be realized for example by means of the formation of a journal around thespindle 110 a, wherein said journal may be designed as a continuation of thecovering cap 126 a. It is furthermore also possible to fill the cavity with a part which is fitted over thespindle 110 a. It is possible here for the part to be mounted reversibly or irreversibly on the spindle. By virtue of the cavity being filled, thebrush attachment 10 a has a stop in the event of loading. In this way, the forces of the loading are, during use, diverted also to the housing and/or the frame unit rather than the spindle, such that the drive unit is relieved of load. - A further exemplary embodiment of the invention is shown in
FIGS. 45 to 59 . The following descriptions are restricted substantially to the differences between the exemplary embodiments, wherein, with regard to unmodified components, features and functions, reference may be made to the description of the exemplary embodiment ofFIGS. 1 to 44 . For distinction between the exemplary embodiments, the alphabetic character a in the reference designations of the exemplary embodiment inFIGS. 1 to 44 has been replaced by the alphabetic character b in the reference designations of the exemplary embodiment ofFIGS. 45 to 59 . With regard to identically designated components, in particular with regard to components with identical reference designations, reference may basically also be made to the drawings and/or the description of the exemplary embodiment ofFIGS. 1 to 59 . -
FIGS. 45 to 52 show an alternative design variant of aninterface receptacle 20 b or of aclamping unit 28 b of abrush attachment 10 b. The external shape of thebrush attachment 10 b does not visually change if it is overmolded. Abase body 26 b of thebrush attachment 10 b however has a different appearance. - The clamping
unit 28 b has an at least partiallyfreestanding clamping wall 30 b, 3013′ which directly adjoins theinterface receptacle 20 b. The clampingunit 28 b has two partiallyfreestanding clamping walls interface receptacle 20 b on opposite sides. The clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 b. The firstpartial receptacle region 36 b of theinterface receptacle 20 b is delimited to two opposite sides by the clampingwalls walls base body 26 b. The clampingwalls base body 26 b by means of slots and apertures with respect to theinterface receptacle 20 b, which slots and apertures extend in each case parallel to the longitudinal axis. In each case proceeding from theinterface receptacle 20 b, the slots are arranged behind the clampingwalls walls interface receptacle 20 b. In the embodiment, the slot is shaped such that, in a first part, the clampingwalls walls brush attachment 10 b is attached to atoothbrush handpiece 12 b. The clampingwalls unit 28 b extend axially in aninsertion direction 102 b of aninterface 24 b beyond the narrowing 42 b of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 b. The clampingwalls unit 28 b are, in theinsertion direction 102 b, arranged axially behind a narrowing 100 b of the secondpartial receptacle region 38 b. Anovermold 32 b directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clampingwalls 30 b, 30 bc in each case in at least one plane 34 b. Theovermold 32 b encloses the clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 b. The clampingwalls overmold 32 b. As viewed radially from theinterface receptacle 20 b, theovermold 32 b is situated behind the clampingwalls base body 26 b has, behind the clampingwalls interface receptacle 20 b, in each case one two-stage recess which becomes narrower toward the inside and wider toward the outside. In a region of the apertures of thebase body 26 b which have been formed by injection molding by means of theovermold 32 b, theovermold 32 b directly adjoins theinterface receptacle 20 b. Theovermold 32 b serves for cushioning an elastic deflection of the clampingwalls walls - In this second embodiment, it is furthermore the case that the partially free-standing
clamping web 104 b is designed as a clampingbridge 142 b. The clampingbridge 142 b is identified by the fact that it is of elastic form like the clampingwalls bridge 142 b is of elastic form. In this way, it can contribute to the clamping force and lead to an increased pulling-off force. If the clampingweb 104 b is designed to be less thick in a radial direction, it takes the form of a clampingbridge 142 b, which is connected only at the front and at the rear to the body of thebase body 26 b and which is otherwise laterally set free by means of the apertures. The clampingbridge 142 b is formed parallel to the clampingwalls bridge 142 b is in the range of that of the clampingwalls - The clamping
bridge 142 b is arranged axially at the height of the clampingwalls bridge 142 b delimits the firstpartial receptacle region 36 b of theinterface receptacle 20 b to a third side. The clampingbridge 142 b of the clampingunit 28 b extends axially in aninsertion direction 102 b of theinterface 24 b beyond the narrowing 42 b of the firstpartial receptacle region 36 b. Theovermold 32 b directly encloses at least a substantial part of the clampingbridge 142 b in at least one plane 34 b. Theovermold 32 b encloses the clampingbridge 142 b in a radial direction on a side averted from theinterface receptacle 20 b. - A clamping force imparted by the clamping
walls bridge 142 b is basically dependent on the spindle construction or on the geometry of aspindle 110 b and the dimensions of thespindle 110 b. Clamping occurs not by means of punctiform contact but by means of areal contact of the parts on three or four sides. Three sides are equipped with flexible clamping elements, whereas the fourth side is designed without flexibility. Clamping by means of the clampingbridge 142 b is thus generated in parallel with the lateral clamping by means of the clampingwalls unit 28 b lies in the range of that of the first embodiment. - It would basically also be conceivable for the free spaces around the inner geometry not to be filled with
overmold 32 b. This could in particular constitute a single-component solution, for example by virtue of thebrush attachment 10 b being composed only of a hard component, and technical geometries, such as in particular the clampingwalls bridge 142 b, not being overmolded, and thus being free-standing. Aninexpensive brush attachment 10 b could be created in this way. Furthermore, a further facility for ventilation during the insertion of thespindle 110 b can be created. - Reference will be made below to
FIGS. 53 to 56 , andFIGS. 57 to 59 , which show different views of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 b and details of the toothbrush handpiece and of its parts, wherein a housing 46 b and a lid 113 b are omitted from the figures in each case. Owing to the different views, some elements are not illustrated in all of the figures, and are correspondingly not denoted by reference designations in all of the figures. - Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 b has afix frame unit 52 b arranged in the housing 46 b and has anadditional frame unit 144 b of a chargingcoil 54 b. In an assembled state, theframe unit 52 b with installedframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b has been pushed into the housing 46 b. Theframe unit 52 b is implemented as a single piece, whereas theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b is installed thereon. In an assembled state, theframe unit 52 b with installedframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b extends axially over a major part of the housing 46 b. Theframe unit 52 b andframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b are formed by a plastics frame. Theframe unit 52 b andframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b are composed of plastic, preferably a polypropylene. Some other embodiment of theframe unit 52 b and/orframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would however basically also be conceivable. Theframe unit 52 b with installedframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b furthermore has various geometries, arranged adjacently in a line, for receiving different components of the internal parts of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 b. Furthermore, theframe unit 52 b has apertures and slots for cables and for the purposes of reducing weight. - Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 b has adrive unit 48 b for driving theinterface 24 b, which is received in the housing 46 b. Thedrive unit 48 b is configured for driving thespindle 110 b of theinterface 24 b. Thedrive unit 48 b is formed by a motor. Thedrive unit 48 b is implemented of an oscillating armature motor. Theframe unit 52 b at least partially receives thedrive unit 48 b. Theframe unit 52 b fully receives thedrive unit 48 b. Thedrive unit 48 b is installed directly in theframe unit 52 b. In particular, no separate motor assembly is provided. Thedrive unit 48 b has arotor 58 b. Therotor 58 b is configured for performing an oscillating movement. Therotor 58 b has an integrally formedcage element 60 b. Thecage element 60 b is configured for receiving at least onemagnet cage element 60 b is configured for receiving twomagnets magnets cage element 60 b has in each case one receiving region for receiving themagnets cage element 60 b has abase body 64 b, which comprises the at least one receiving region, andspindle projections base body 64 b and which form a rotary spindle of therotor 58 b. Thespindle projections base body 64 b. Afirst spindle projection 66 b is arranged on a side of thebase body 64 b averted from theinterface 24 b. Asecond spindle projection 68 b is arranged on a side of thebase body 64 b facing toward theinterface 24 b. Thesecond spindle projection 68 b is coupled directly to the interface. Thesecond spindle projection 68 b is configured for rotationally conjointly receiving thespindle 110 b of theinterface 24 b. Here, thespindle 110 b can be received for example by means of an interference fit, by adhesive bonding or by welding. Furthermore, therotor 58 b has at least onecover cage element 60 b. Therotor 58 b has at least twocovers cage element 60 b and which in particular simultaneously also serve for diverting the magnetic field. The receiving regions are in each case open to two opposite sides and are closed off by means of thecovers magnets covers base body 64 b of thecage element 60 b, or are fastened as described above by being clamped clicked in. During an assembly process, it is preferably firstly the case that thefirst cover 70 b is connected to thebase body 64 b, themagnets second cover 70 b′ is connected to thebase body 64 b.Bearings rotor 58 b are subsequently installed. Therotor 58 b is received by means of itsbearings frame unit 52 b. The receiving region for therotor 58 b is open to two opposite sides. Thecovers magnets magnets - Furthermore, the
drive unit 48 b has a resetting unit. The resetting unit is of two-part construction. The resetting unit is configured for resetting arotor 58 b into an initial position. The resetting unit is coupled rotationally conjointly to afirst spindle projection 66 b of therotor 58 b and is supported elastically on theframe unit 52 b. The resetting unit has ashaft wing 146 b which is installed directly axially on afirst spindle projection 66 b of therotor 58 b. Furthermore, the resetting unit has an elastic spring and dampingelement 148 b which is arranged between theshaft wing 146 b and theframe unit 52 b. The resetting unit is formed by theshaft wing 146 b and the spring and dampingelement 148 b. - The
shaft wing 146 b is fitted with its opening, a blind hole, on thefirst spindle projection 66 b of therotor 58 b and coupled to the latter. The dovetail-shaped geometry, as can also be seen inFIG. 57 , dives rise to a rotationally conjoint connection of theshaft wing 146 b to thefirst spindle projection 66 b of thecage element 60 b. The connection is preferably implemented as an interference fit, though it is also conceivable for the connection not to be rigid and for no further axial securing other than the radial rotational securing to be realized, because slippage in an axial direction is prevented in the interaction of the further components. - The
shaft wing 146 b lies on the spring and dampingelement 148 b and is connected to the latter. The elastic spring and dampingelement 148 b is connected fixedly to theshaft wing 146 b. The spring and dampingelement 148 b lies in turn on theframe unit 52 b, such that, in the assembled state of all of the elements, the resetting unit is formed by the interaction of the stated elements. The spring and dampingelement 148 b is in particular fixed in a rotationally fixed manner to theframe unit 52 b. The resetting unit lies against theframe unit 52 b. The spring and dampingelement 148 b is configured for generating a resetting force in the event of a deflection of theshaft wing 146 b in a circumferential direction out of a rest position. The elastic spring and dampingelement 148 b furthermore, in an installed state, has a preload in relation to theframe unit 52 b, wherein theframe unit 52 b forms a support surface for the spring and dampingelement 148 b. Theshaft wing 146 b is preferably formed from a rigid hard component, whereas the spring and dampingelement 148 b is formed preferably from a soft component, preferably a silicone, with a Shore A hardness of 25 Shore A to 75 Shore A, preferably of 35 Shore A to 65 Shore A. This arrangement has the effect that, when therotor 58 b is deflected, theshaft wing 146 b likewise deflects, and thus presses the spring and dampingelement 148 b onto theframe unit 52 b. When the forces for the deflection are withdrawn, the spring and dampingelement 148 b pushes theshaft wing 146 b back into the zero position again. The zero position is defined as a position without deflection of the drive. - The spring and damping
element 148 b may also, in the case of a different construction, be fixed to an element other than theframe unit 52 b; for example, the spring and dampingelement 148 b may bear against or be fixed to a housing, which serves as a fixed point of the application. Theshaft wing 146 b would thus be fitted onto a spindle, and the spring and dampingelement 148 b would bear against/be fixed to the housing. The spring and dampingelement 148 b and theshaft wing 146 b do not imperatively need to be connected to one another in order that they can perform their action. The resetting in the application is possible by means of the fixed point given by the housing. - In any application of
shaft wing 146 b and spring and dampingelement 148 b, it must be ensured that the spindle, in particular thespindle projection 66 b, onto which theshaft wing 146 b is mounted, is, together with theshaft wing 146 b, sufficiently rigid and thus not bent by the loading during operation. - The resetting unit thus formed is in particular configured for performing a rotation of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°. The elastic spring and damping
element 148 b limits a rotation of theshaft wing 146 b to a rotational angle of 2° to 10°, preferably of 3° to 7°. - Furthermore, the
drive unit 48 b has astator 76 b. Thestator 76 b comprises acarrier 78 b which is implemented as a single piece, a metal-sheet package 80 b which is inserted into thecarrier 78 b, and acoil 82 b which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 b. Thestator 76 b comprises thecarrier 78 b which is implemented as a single piece and which is composed of a hard component, the metal-sheet package 80 b which is inserted into thecarrier 78 b, thecoil 82 b which engages around the metal-sheet package 80 b, and a lamination plate cover arranged between thecoil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b. Thestator 76 b is formed as a module. Thecarrier 78 b is formed by a plastics carrier. Thecarrier 78 b is formed by a substantially rectangular-cuboidal carrier which has, on a first side, a rectangular-cuboidal recess for receiving the metal-sheet package 80 b. The metal-sheet package 80 b has a U-shaped cross section, wherein the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b point in each case away from the carrier. The metal-sheet package 80 b is composed of a multiplicity of lamination plates packed side-by-side. The lamination plates are adhesively bonded, pressed, engaged with detent action, or connected in some other way in thecarriers 78 b. Furthermore, thecarrier 78 b has, on a rear side of the recesses, a guide groove for receiving thecoil 82 b. Thecoil 82 b encloses thecarrier 78 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b. Thecoil 82 b is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 b and thecarrier 78 b. Thecoil 82 b is oriented in a longitudinal direction. Thecoil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b are designed to be free from contact. For isolation of thecoil 82 b relative to the metal-sheet package 80 b on a side averted from thecarrier 78 b, thestator 76 b has an isolation plate (not shown in any more detail) which is arranged between thecoil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b. The isolation plate is formed by a lamination plate cover. The isolation plate is composed of plastic. The lamination plate cover is installed by engagement with detent action, adhesive bonding or the like. The isolation plate protects the wire of thecoil 82 b from the edges of the metal-sheet package 80 b and prevents a short circuit between thecoil 82 b and the metal-sheet package 80 b. Thecarrier 78 b of thedrive unit 48 b is connected directly to theframe unit 52 b. Thecarrier 78 b is screwed to theframe unit 52 b. In principle, however, some other connection that appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. Thecarrier 78 b covers therotor 58 b of thedrive unit 48 b from one side. Thecarrier 78 b covers a first open side of the receiving region of theframe unit 52 b for therotor 58 b. Furthermore, the metal-sheet package 80 b projects partially into the receiving region of therotor 58 b. The metal-sheet package 80 b engages at least partially around therotor 58 b in an assembled state. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has arotor cover 88 b. Therotor cover 88 b covers therotor 58 b of thedrive unit 48 b from a side situated opposite thecarrier 78 b. Therotor cover 88 b covers a second open side of the receiving region of theframe unit 52 b for therotor 58 b. In an assembled state, therotor 58 b is surrounded directly by thestator 76 b, theframe unit 52 b and therotor cover 88 b. Therotor cover 88 b is formed by a plastics part. Therotor cover 88 b is fixedly connected to theframe unit 52 b. Therotor cover 88 b is connected opposite thecarrier 78 b to theframe unit 52 b. Therotor cover 88 b is screwed to theframe unit 52 b. In principle, however, some other form of the connection which appears expedient to a person skilled in the art would also be conceivable. Therotor cover 88 b is configured together with theframe unit 52 b for bearing and fixing therotor 58 b of thedrive unit 48 b. Therotor cover 88 b and theframe unit 52 b form in each case two semicircular spindle receptacles for receiving therotor 58 b. The semicircular spindle receptacles are formed in each case by corresponding spindle receptacles which together form a complete spindle receptacle. The spindle receptacles are configured in each case for receiving the twospindle projections rotor 58 b by means of in each case onebearing bearings bearings spindle projections rotor 58 b relative to theframe unit 52 b. Various embodiments of thebearings rotor 58 b is mounted between theframe unit 52 b and therotor cover 88 b. Therotor cover 88 b is furthermore configured together with theframe unit 52 b for bearing and sealing off thespindle 110 b of theinterface 24 b. For this purpose, therotor cover 88 b and theframe unit 52 b form in each case one semicircular spindle receptacle for receiving asealing ring 122 b and abearing 124 b for thespindle 110 b. Thespindle 110 b is mounted between therotor cover 88 b and theframe unit 52 b. Various embodiments of thebearing 124 b which appear expedient to a person skilled in the art are conceivable. For example, it would be conceivable for thebearing 124 b to be formed in each case by a plain bearing composed of plastic or of the material iglidur. Therotor cover 88 b therefore extends axially from thedrive unit 48 b to a point at which the spindle of theinterface 24 b emerges from the housing 46 b. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has acovering cap 126 b. Thecovering cap 126 b is configured for being pushed over a spindle-side end of therotor cover 88 b and of theframe unit 52 b. In an assembled state, thecovering cap 126 b engages around in each case the spindle-side end of therotor cover 88 b and of theframe unit 52 b. Thecovering cap 126 b serves for further connection and centering of therotor cover 88 b and of theframe unit 52 b relative to one another. Furthermore, thecovering cap 126 b serves for spindle guidance of thespindle 110 b of theinterface 24 b. For this purpose, thespindle 110 b is guided through thecovering cap 126 b. Furthermore, thecovering cap 126 b serves for sealing off a housing interior with respect to theinterface 24 b. Thecovering cap 126 b serves for sealing between the housing 46 b and theframe unit 52 b. For this purpose, thecovering cap 126 b comprises asealing ring 128 b. - Furthermore, the resetting unit, composed of
shaft wing 146 b and spring and dampingelement 148 b, serves as stop element. The stop element is configured for limiting a rotation of therotor 58 b of thedrive unit 48 b out of an initial position. The stop element forms in each case one end stop of therotor 58 b in the case of an oscillating drive movement. - Altogether, this present stop element may also be combined with further stop elements, such as are provided for example in conjunction with the first embodiment of the invention.
- Furthermore, the
toothbrush handpiece 12 b has an energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 which is received in the housing 46 b and which serves for supplying energy to thedrive unit 48 b. In the present embodiment, theframe unit 52 b receives the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 at one end in a longitudinal direction. The energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is arranged on a side of thedrive unit 48 b averted from theinterface 24 b. The energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is guided—in this case not clamped—radially by lateral holding arms of theframe unit 52 b. Furthermore, a longitudinal displacement of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is prevented by means of the assembly of theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b in interaction with the chargingcoil 54 b and the compensation element. In the assembled state, the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to thedrive unit 48 b. The energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is embodied as an accumulator, in particular a NiMh accumulator and/or a Li-ion accumulator. In principle, however, a different embodiment of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 that appears to be expedient to a person skilled in the art, for example as a battery, would also be conceivable. - The
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b furthermore has a chargingcoil 54 b for charging of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2. Charging of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 directly by means of a plug-in connection would however basically also be conceivable. The chargingcoil 54 b is implemented of an induction coil. The chargingcoil 54 b is received in thefix frame unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b and is fixed by means thereof to theframe unit 52 b. Theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b has a receiving region for receiving the chargingcoil 54 b in a positionally fixed manner. The chargingcoil 54 b is held from the outside by theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b and is held in longitudinal position by means of the compensation element. The position of the chargingcoil 54 b is thus secured both radially and axially. The chargingcoil 54 b is installed in particular along the longitudinal axis. The chargingcoil 54 b is arranged on a side of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 which is averted from thedrive unit 48 b. The chargingcoil 54 b is arranged substantially coaxially with respect to the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 and thedrive unit 48 b. Furthermore, in an assembled state; the lid 113 b engages into the chargingcoil 54 b in order to make it possible for a ferrite core of a charging unit to be positioned in the coil. The chargingcoil 54 b has in particular an inner diameter of 6 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 8 mm to 15 mm, and an outer diameter of 12 mm to 19 mm, preferably of 14 mm to 17 mm. Furthermore, the chargingcoil 54 b has in particular a height of 4 mm to 15 mm, preferably of 5 mm to 10 mm. - Furthermore, the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b has acircuit board 56 b. Thecircuit board 56 b is configured for controlling thedrive unit 48 b. Thecircuit board 56 b is configured for activating thedrive unit 48 b in sinusoidal fashion during operation. For this purpose, thecircuit board 56 b is coupled to the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2. The energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is connected by means of lines via thecircuit board 56 b, on which the controller is integrated, to thedrive unit 48 b itself. The energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 is connected to thecoil 82 b which is wound around the metal-sheet package 80 b, wherein thecoil 82 b lies not directly on the metal-sheet package 80 b but lies at one side on thecarrier 78 b and at the other side on the lamination plate cover. In thecoil 82 b, an alternating current is generated which has the effect that an alternating polarity forms at the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b. Themagnets rotor 58 b and are installed by means of thecovers magnets rotor 58 b is mounted rotatably within the metal-sheet package 80 b. Owing to the polarization of the free ends of the metal-sheet package 80 b, therotor 58 b with themagnets sheet package 80 b is reversed, then therotor 58 b seeks to rotate in the other direction. This gives rise to an oscillating back-and-forth movement of therotor 58 b. The resetting unit on the rotary spindle ensures the return of therotor 58 b into a zero position, and it furthermore ensures softer movement transitions when the polarity changes. Overall, the resetting unit is required in order that the movements are possible in the first place, because the forces resulting from the polarization would otherwise be so great that no oscillation would be possible. - What the
circuit board 56 b controls are the energy pulses fed to thedrive unit 48 b. These variables are specifically adapted to the present drive or to the product. In order that smooth running of thedrive unit 48 b is achieved, thedrive unit 48 b is activated in sinusoidal fashion and not with pulses and intervals. - Furthermore, the
circuit board 56 b is coupled to the chargingcoil 54 b. Thecircuit board 56 b is configured for controlling a charging process of the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2. Furthermore, thecircuit board 56 b has anactuating element 136 b which can be actuated through a base body 112 b of the housing 46 b and which serves for an activation and/or deactivation of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 b. Theactuating element 136 b is configured for being actuated through an overmold 114 b of the housing 46 b. Also provided on thecircuit board 56 b are further elements such as, in particular, lines, resistors, LEDs and/or a control unit. Thecircuit board 56 b is furthermore partially received in positively locking fashion by theframe unit 52 b and extends over a major part of the axial extent of theframe unit 52 b. Thecircuit board 56 b extends at least over the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 and thedrive unit 48 b of thetoothbrush handpiece 12 b. To receive thecircuit board 56 b in positively locking fashion, theframe unit 52 b has multiple hook-like positive-lockingelements 138 b, which are configured for partially engaging over thecircuit board 56 b in an assembled state. For an installation process, thecircuit board 56 b has, on an outer edge, recesses 140 b which correspond to the positive-lockingelements 138 b and via which thecircuit board 56 b can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-lockingelements 138 b into an end position. During an installation process, thecircuit board 56 b is preferably mounted onto theframe unit 52 b in a manner offset with respect to a final position, wherein thecircuit board 56 b can be guided past the positive-lockingelements 138 b by means of therecesses 140 b. Thecircuit board 56 b is subsequently pushed under the positive-lockingelements 138 b and thereby fixed. For this purpose, thecircuit board 56 b has separate small cutouts (not visible in any more detail) for the detent engagement in the end position. The positive-lockingelements 138 b additionally serve as hold-down means, which hold thecircuit board 56 b in non-positively locking fashion. At a lower end of thecircuit board 56 b, theframe unit 52 b furthermore has a stop with a ramp, which serves for exact positioning of thecircuit board 56 b. - Tolerances between the
frame unit 52 b and its components and the housing 46 b must be compensated for in order that firstly theactuating element 136 b, in the assembled state, is in the correct position for the actuation through the housing 46 b, but secondly also the chargingcoil 54 b is situated optimally in order that the inductive charging process attains an optimum efficiency. Furthermore, tolerances must be compensated in order that theframe unit 52 b and theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b are seated firmly, in particular without play, in the housing 46 b and no noises are generated during operation. The length compensation for the compensation of tolerances may be realized by means of the compensation element, composed for example of a compressible plastic, as is fitted for example between chargingcoil 54 b and energy store 50 b.1, 50.2. It would however furthermore also be possible for elastic elements to be integrated on theframe unit 52 b in order to ensure the length compensation. By way of example, flexible elements which are placed under stress, that is to say bent, when a lid 113 b is installed. - Altogether, the
frame unit 52 b with installedframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b can be divided into multiple zones. Theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b has a coil zone. The coil zone forms the first zone as viewed from below, and serves for directly receiving, and for the direct installation of, the chargingcoil 54 b. Theframe unit 52 b furthermore has an accumulator zone. The accumulator zone directly adjoins the coil zone and is configured for receiving the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2. Theframe unit 52 b furthermore has a spring zone. The spring zone directly adjoins the accumulator zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving the resetting unit. Theframe unit 52 b furthermore has an oscillating armature zone. The oscillating armature zone directly adjoins the spring zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving thedrive unit 48 b. Theframe unit 52 b is of continuously open form in the region of the oscillating armature zone. Theframe unit 52 b furthermore has a spindle zone. The spindle zone directly adjoins the oscillating armature zone on a side averted from the coil zone, and is configured for receiving theinterface 24 b or thespindle 110 b of theinterface 24 b. Theframe unit 52 b furthermore has a print zone. The print zone is arranged on a front side of the frame unit and is configured for receiving thecircuit board 56 b. - Fitting of items into the
frame unit 52 b is performed substantially via a rear side. Only thecircuit board 56 b and thestator 76 b are installed from the front. Furthermore, the chargingcoil 54 b and a connecting cap are installed along the longitudinal axis. Thedrive unit 48 b and the energy store 50 b.1; 50.2 are installed from a rear side of theframe unit 52 b. - During a process of assembly of the
electric toothbrush handpiece 12 b, it is preferably the case that, in a first step, all of the internal parts are installed via theframe unit 52 b and theframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b and are subsequently, in a second step, pressed into the housing 46 b. Here, theframe unit 52 b with installedframe unit 144 b of the chargingcoil 54 b is clamped in the housing 46 b. For this purpose, theframe unit 52 b has detent lugs which engage into detent recesses of the housing 46 b. Subsequently, in a third step, the lid 113 b is fixed to the housing 46 b and thus fixes and closes off the internal parts. The lid 113 b may be both screwed and for example locked by means of a bayonet fastener to the housing 46 b. -
FIGS. 57 to 59 show further details relating to theshaft wing 146 b and relating to the spring and dampingelement 148 b. - The
shaft wing 146 b is of cross-shaped form in plan view. In the center, there is formed a cylindrical body which, in an axial direction, is equipped with ablind hole 150 b with dovetail-shaped cross section. This geometry later serves for receiving thespindle projection 66 b of therotor 58 b.Wings wings passage hole 154 b, 154 bc. Opposite theblind hole 150 b in an axial direction, there is formed aprojection 156 b which, in the installed state, prevents the axial displacement within the assembly. To secure theshaft wing 146 b on thespindle projection 66 b of therotor 58 b, a snap-action lug is formed on therotor 58 b and a snap-action ring 158 b is formed on theshaft wing 146 b. - The
projection 156 b has a diameter of 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably of 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm. The length of theprojection 156 b amounts to 1.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 2.5 mm to 3.5 mm. Theblind hole 150 b has a depth of 7 mm to 14 mm, preferably of 9 mm to 12 mm. The width of theshaft wing 146 b, measured across thewings - The spring and damping
element 148 b is, in cross section, formed as a semicircular element withlateral flanges flanges frame unit 52 b. The elasticity or a degree of deformability is given by way of projections being realized.Projections flanges shaft wing 146 b. Theseprojections shaft wing 146 b and hold the two parts together. Theprojections element 148 b is in particular adapted to the outer geometry of theshaft wing 146 b. The geometry is selected such that the required partial rotation of theshaft wing 146 b is possible. - The spring and damping
element 148 b has a length (direction of the drive spindle in the assembled state) of 4 mm to 8 mm, preferably 5 to 6.5 mm. The width perpendicular thereto amounts to between 14 mm and 22 mm, preferably between 17 mm and 19 mm. The height—from the rounding to the projection—amounts to between 6 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 7.5 mm and 9.5 mm. The projections on the bottom side have a height of 1 mm to 3 mm, preferably of 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm. Theprojections element 148 b amounts to between 7 mm and 11 mm, preferably between 8 mm and 10 mm. - The inner diameter on the spring and damping
element 148 b and the outer diameter of the cylindrical part of theshaft wing 146 b are coordinated with one another such that the partial rotation is possible without generating friction losses. - In the assembled state in
FIG. 57 , it can be seen that the spring and dampingelement 148 b and theshaft wing 146 b are installed one inside the other and that the spring and dampingelement 148 b lies on theframe unit 52 b and generates a preload (illustrated as an overlap). The support surface formed on theframe unit 52 b can be seen in the sectional illustration. - The descriptions given for specific figures are of course also transferable to other figures which show identical or similar configurations and in which the configurations are not described in the same detail.
Claims (18)
1. An electric toothbrush handpiece having at least one interface for coupling to a brush attachment, having at least one housing, having at least one drive unit for driving the interface, which is received in the housing, and having at least one energy store for supplying energy to the drive unit,
characterized by at least one fix frame unit which is arranged in the housing and which is implemented as a single piece and which at least partially receives the drive unit and the energy store, wherein the frame unit forms multiple receptacle regions at least for the drive unit and the energy store, which receptacle regions are positioned in a defined manner relative to one another in particular both in an assembled state and in an unassembled state of the frame unit, wherein the frame unit extends axially over the entire drive unit and the entire energy store.
2. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 ,
characterized by at least one charging coil for charging the energy store which at least one charging coil is received in the fix frame unit.
3. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 2 ,
characterized by a compressible length compensation element for the length compensation for the compensation of tolerances, which is fitted between charging coil and frame unit.
4. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 2 ,
characterized by a separate frame unit of the charging coil, which is installed on the frame unit, wherein the frame unit of the charging coil carries within it the charging coil and also a compensation element, which is pressed by the charging coil against the energy store.
5. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 2 ,
characterized in that the separate frame unit of the charging coil is installed on the frame unit by a plugging-on process.
6. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 ,
characterized by a circuit board for control of the drive unit, which circuit board is at least partially received in positively locking fashion by the frame unit and extends at least over a large part of an axial extent of the frame unit.
7. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 6 ,
characterized in that, to receive the circuit board in positively locking fashion, the frame unit has at least two hook-shaped positive-locking elements, which are configured for partially engaging over the circuit board in an installed state.
8. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 7 ,
characterized in that, for an installation process, the circuit board particularly has, on an outer edge, recesses which correspond to the positive-locking elements and via which the circuit board can, for installation thereof, be moved past the positive-locking elements into an end position.
9. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 ,
characterized in that the energy store is clamped radially by lateral holding arms of the frame unit.
10. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 ,
characterized by at least one rotor cover which is connected fixedly to the frame unit and which, together with the frame unit, is configured for a support and/or fixing of a rotor of the drive unit.
11. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 10 ,
characterized in that the rotor cover is screwed to the frame unit.
12. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 10 ,
characterized in that the rotor is mounted between the frame unit and the rotor cover.
13. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 10 ,
characterized by a covering cap which is configured for being pushed over a spindle-side end of the rotor cover and of the frame unit, wherein, in an assembled state, the covering cap engages around in each case the spindle-side end of the rotor cover and of the frame unit.
14. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 13 ,
characterized in that the interface comprises a spindle, wherein the covering cap serves for spindle guidance of the spindle of the interface, wherein, for this purpose, the spindle is guided through the covering cap.
15. The electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 13 ,
characterized in that the covering cap serves for sealing off a housing interior with respect to the interface.
16. A method for producing the electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 .
17. The method as claimed in claim 16 ,
characterized in that, during a process of assembly of the electric toothbrush handpiece, in a first step, all of the internal parts are installed via the frame unit and are subsequently, in a second step, pressed into the housing.
18. An electric toothbrush having an electric toothbrush handpiece as claimed in claim 1 and having a brush attachment.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/138,228 US20230263606A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2023-04-24 | Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP17195869.7 | 2017-10-11 | ||
EP17195869.7A EP3470015B1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2017-10-11 | Electrical toothbrush handle and electric toothbrush with the electric toothbrush handle and with a brush head |
PCT/EP2018/077787 WO2019072994A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2018-10-11 | Brush attachment, electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and the brush attachment |
US202016755640A | 2020-04-13 | 2020-04-13 | |
US18/138,228 US20230263606A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2023-04-24 | Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/755,640 Division US11666426B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2018-10-11 | Brush attachment, electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and the brush attachment |
PCT/EP2018/077787 Division WO2019072994A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2018-10-11 | Brush attachment, electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and the brush attachment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230263606A1 true US20230263606A1 (en) | 2023-08-24 |
Family
ID=60080681
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/755,640 Active 2040-04-10 US11666426B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2018-10-11 | Brush attachment, electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and the brush attachment |
US18/138,228 Pending US20230263606A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2023-04-24 | Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/755,640 Active 2040-04-10 US11666426B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2018-10-11 | Brush attachment, electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and the brush attachment |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11666426B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP3470015B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019072994A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11439488B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-09-13 | Juan-Yun Kuang | Brushhead for power toothbrush |
WO2022028613A1 (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2022-02-10 | 匡娟云 | Electric toothbrush head and electric toothbrush |
US11666137B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2023-06-06 | Juan-Yun Kuang | Brushhead for power toothbrush |
US11413126B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-08-16 | Juan-Yun Kuang | Brushhead for power toothbrush |
TWI772193B (en) * | 2021-10-04 | 2022-07-21 | 舒美興業股份有限公司 | toothbrush head |
CN117379211A (en) * | 2023-10-16 | 2024-01-12 | 广州星际悦动股份有限公司 | Control method and device of oral care equipment and oral care equipment |
Family Cites Families (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2761234B2 (en) * | 1989-02-17 | 1998-06-04 | 株式会社泉精器製作所 | electric toothbrush |
EP0766537A1 (en) | 1994-06-06 | 1997-04-09 | Teledyne Water Pik Division Of Teledyne Industries, Inc. | High frequency electric toothbrush |
US5934908A (en) | 1997-07-09 | 1999-08-10 | L.P.A. Broxo S.A.-Les Produits Associes | High-powered automatic electromechanical toothbrush |
DE19840156A1 (en) | 1998-09-03 | 2000-03-09 | Basf Ag | Bismuth vanadate pigments with at least one coating containing metal fluoride |
AU6149500A (en) * | 1999-06-10 | 2001-01-02 | Gimelli Produktions Ag | Slip-on brush designed for a hand part of an electric toothbrush |
ATE534314T1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2011-12-15 | Trisa Holding Ag | BRUSH, IN PARTICULAR TOOTHBRUSH, AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF |
MX2008001108A (en) * | 2005-07-27 | 2008-03-11 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Oral care implement comprising an elastomeric polypropylene-ethylene copolymer. |
DE102006060133A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Braun Gmbh | Toothbrush and attachment for this purpose |
JP5734663B2 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2015-06-17 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Electric toothbrush brush head / handle interface |
US20110107536A1 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2011-05-12 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Brushhead assembly for a power toothbrush |
CN201676306U (en) * | 2010-05-31 | 2010-12-22 | 罗宁 | Electric toothbrush assembly with sterilizing cabinet |
JP2012165954A (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2012-09-06 | Riisun Tekku Yugenkoshi | Electric toothbrush |
CN201966781U (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2011-09-07 | 深圳瑞圣特电子科技有限公司 | High-frequency electric toothbrush motor |
DE102012006723B4 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2020-06-18 | M + C Schiffer Gmbh | Brush head attachment |
EP2664298B1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2017-04-05 | Trisa Holding AG | Electrical toothbrush, brush head connector, and handle for an electrical toothbrush |
EP2892387B1 (en) | 2012-09-07 | 2018-10-10 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Resonantly driven power toothbrush having a pressure-sensing capability using a hall effect sensor |
CN203315105U (en) * | 2013-06-14 | 2013-12-04 | 黄拔梓 | Universal electric toothbrush head |
US9237943B2 (en) | 2013-09-24 | 2016-01-19 | M+C Schiffer Gmbh | Brush head attachment |
RU2655075C2 (en) * | 2014-04-16 | 2018-05-23 | Конинклейке Филипс Н.В. | Construction of multifunctional framework |
CN105411712B (en) * | 2016-01-22 | 2017-03-22 | 广东罗曼智能科技股份有限公司 | Waterproof electric toothbrush |
CN206198076U (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2017-05-31 | 北京希澈科技有限公司 | Driving device for electric toothbrush |
CN206198074U (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2017-05-31 | 北京希澈科技有限公司 | Electric toothbrush |
ES2843001T3 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2021-07-15 | Trisa Holding Ag | Electric brush for body grooming |
-
2017
- 2017-10-11 EP EP17195869.7A patent/EP3470015B1/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-10-11 US US16/755,640 patent/US11666426B2/en active Active
- 2018-10-11 EP EP18785952.5A patent/EP3694441B1/en active Active
- 2018-10-11 WO PCT/EP2018/077787 patent/WO2019072994A1/en unknown
- 2018-10-11 EP EP22211201.3A patent/EP4201376A1/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-04-24 US US18/138,228 patent/US20230263606A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3470015A1 (en) | 2019-04-17 |
US20200330202A1 (en) | 2020-10-22 |
EP3470015B1 (en) | 2021-07-07 |
EP3694441B1 (en) | 2023-01-11 |
EP3694441A1 (en) | 2020-08-19 |
WO2019072994A1 (en) | 2019-04-18 |
US11666426B2 (en) | 2023-06-06 |
EP4201376A1 (en) | 2023-06-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230263606A1 (en) | Electric toothbrush handpiece and electric toothbrush comprising the electric toothbrush handpiece and a brush attachment | |
US10500023B2 (en) | Refill head and oral care implement including the same | |
US20230320828A1 (en) | Electrical body care brush | |
US20220079328A1 (en) | Brush product and method for the production thereof | |
CA2724100C (en) | Bristle carrier having a flexible structure attached thereto | |
CN105661864B (en) | Toothbrush with injection molded bristles and method and apparatus for manufacturing same | |
US7757326B2 (en) | Toothbrush with enhanced cleaning effects | |
EP3200652B1 (en) | Oral care implement and a method of forming a bristle field for an oral care implement | |
EP3160297B1 (en) | Oral care implement | |
US20230090544A1 (en) | Attachment brush device | |
US20220183809A1 (en) | Electrical brush handpiece and an electrical toothbrush having the electrical brush handpiece and an attachment brush | |
US11944188B2 (en) | Oral hygiene product, in particular toothbrush | |
CN114173610A (en) | Applicator device | |
US20240108447A1 (en) | Drive unit for an electric toothbrush handpiece, electric toothbrush handpiece, method for producing of an electric toothbrush handpiece, attachment brush for an electric toothbrush handpiece, and electric toothbrush |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |